Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 0-20293

 

 

UNION FIRST MARKET BANKSHARES CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

VIRGINIA     54-1598552
(State or other jurisdiction of     (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)     Identification No.)

1051 East Cary Street, Suite 1200,

Richmond, Virginia 23219

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code is (804) 633-5031

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $1.33 per share   The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 29.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   x
Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).     Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2011 was approximately $287,402,577.

The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of February 29, 2012 was 25,912,947.

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be used in conjunction with the registrant’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

UNION FIRST MARKET BANKSHARES CORPORATION

FORM 10-K

INDEX

 

ITEM        PAGE
PART I

Item 1.

  Business    1

Item 1A.

  Risk Factors    12

Item 1B.

  Unresolved Staff Comments    18

Item 2.

  Properties    18

Item 3.

  Legal Proceedings    19

Item 4.

  Mine Safety Disclosures    19

PART II

Item 5.

  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    19

Item 6.

  Selected Financial Data    22

Item 7.

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    23

Item 7A.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    48

Item 8.

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    49

Item 9.

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    109

Item 9A.

  Controls and Procedures..    109

Item 9B.

  Other Information    110

PART III

Item 10.

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance    110

Item 11.

  Executive Compensation    110

Item 12.

  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    110

Item 13.

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence    111

Item 14.

  Principal Accounting Fees and Services    111

PART IV

Item 15.

  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules    111


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements in this report may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are statements that include projections, predictions, expectations, or beliefs about future events or results or otherwise are not statements of historical fact. Such statements are often characterized by the use of qualified words (and their derivatives) such as “expect,” “believe,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “will,” or words of similar meaning or other statements concerning opinions or judgment of the Company and its management about future events. Although the Company believes that its expectations with respect to forward-looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions within the bounds of its existing knowledge of its business and operations, there can be no assurance that actual results, performance, or achievements of the Company will not differ materially from any future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Actual future results and trends may differ materially from historical results or those anticipated depending on a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, the effects of and changes in: general economic and bank industry conditions, the interest rate environment, legislative and regulatory requirements, competitive pressures, new products and delivery systems, inflation, changes in the stock and bond markets, accounting standards or interpretations of existing standards, mergers and acquisitions, technology, and consumer spending and savings habits. More information is available on the Company’s website, http://investors.bankatunion.com and on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website, www.sec.gov. The information on the Company’s website is not a part of this Form 10-K. The Company does not intend or assume any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the Company.

PART I

 

ITEM 1.—BUSINESS.

GENERAL

Union First Market Bankshares Corporation (the “Company”) is a bank holding company organized under Virginia law and registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. The Company is headquartered in Richmond, Virginia and committed to the delivery of financial services through its community bank subsidiary Union First Market Bank and three non-bank financial services affiliates. The Company’s bank and non-bank financial services affiliates are:

 

Community Bank

Union First Market Bank

   Richmond, Virginia
Financial Services Affiliates

Union Mortgage Group, Inc.

   Annandale, Virginia

Union Investment Services, Inc.

   Ashland, Virginia    

Union Insurance Group, LLC

   Richmond, Virginia

History

The Company was formed in connection with the July 1993 merger of Northern Neck Bankshares Corporation and Union Bancorp, Inc. Although the Company was formed in 1993, certain of the community banks that were acquired and ultimately merged to form what is now Union First Market Bank were among the oldest in Virginia.

 

1


Table of Contents

The table below indicates the year each community bank was formed, acquired by the Company and merged into what is now Union First Market Bank.

 

     Formed      Acquired    Merged  

Union Bank and Trust Company

     1902       n/a      2010   

Northern Neck State Bank

     1909       1993      2010   

King George State Bank

     1974       1996      1999   

Rappahannock National Bank

     1902       1998      2010   

Bay Community Bank

     1999       de novo bank      2008   

Guaranty Bank

     1981       2004      2004   

Prosperity Bank & Trust Company

     1986       2006      2008   

First Market Bank, FSB

     2000       2010      2010   

On February 1, 2010, the Company acquired First Market Bank, FSB, a privately held federally chartered savings bank (“First Market Bank” or “FMB”), in an all stock transaction. In connection with the transaction, the Company changed its name to Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and moved its headquarters to Richmond, Virginia. In addition, First Market Bank became a state chartered commercial bank subsidiary of the Company. First Market Bank merged with Union Bank and Trust Company in March 2010 and the combined bank operates under the name Union First Market Bank.

In October 2010, the Company combined its two other community banks, Northern Neck State Bank and Rappahannock National Bank, into its largest bank affiliate, Union First Market Bank, which now operates as a single bank. This has created a single brand for the Company’s banking franchise offering the same products and services across Virginia.

The Company’s operations center is located in Ruther Glen, Virginia.

Product Offerings and Market Distribution

The Company is one of the largest community banking organizations based in Virginia and provides full service banking to the Northern, Central, Rappahannock, Shenandoah, Tidewater, and Northern Neck regions of Virginia through Union First Market Bank. At December 31, 2011, Union First Market Bank operates 99 locations in the counties of Albemarle, Caroline, Chesterfield, Essex, Fairfax, Fauquier, Fluvanna, Frederick, Hanover, Henrico, James City, King George, King William, Lancaster, Loudoun, Nelson, Northumberland, Richmond, Spotsylvania, Stafford, Warren, Washington, Westmoreland, York, and the independent cities of Charlottesville, Colonial Heights, Culpeper, Fredericksburg, Harrisonburg, Newport News, Richmond, Staunton, Stephens City, Waynesboro, Williamsburg, and Winchester. Union First Market Bank also operates loan production offices in Staunton, Winchester, and Tappahannock. Union Investment Services, Inc. provides full brokerage services; Union Mortgage Group, Inc. provides a full line of mortgage products; and Union Insurance Group, LLC offers various lines of insurance products. Union First Market Bank also owns a non-controlling interest in Johnson Mortgage Company, L.L.C.

Union First Market Bank (“the Bank”) is a full service community bank offering consumers and businesses a wide range of banking and related financial services, including checking, savings, certificates of deposit and other depository services, as well as loans for commercial, industrial, residential mortgage and consumer purposes. The Bank issues credit cards and delivers automated teller machine (“ATM”) services through the use of reciprocally shared ATMs in the major ATM networks as well as remote ATMs for the convenience of customers and other consumers. The Bank also offers internet banking services and online bill payment for all customers, whether retail or commercial. The Bank also offers private banking and trust services to individuals and corporations through its Financial Guidance Group.

Union Investment Services, Inc. has provided securities, brokerage and investment advisory services since its formation in February 1993. It has 11 offices within the Bank’s trade area and is a full service

 

2


Table of Contents

investment company handling all aspects of wealth management including stocks, bonds, annuities, mutual funds and financial planning. Securities are offered through a third party contractual arrangement with Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., an independent broker dealer.

Union Mortgage Group, Inc., (“UMG”) has the following offices in Virginia (seven), Maryland (three), North Carolina (three), and South Carolina (two). UMG is also licensed to do business in selected states throughout the Mid-Atlantic and Southeast, as well as Washington, D.C. It provides a variety of mortgage products to customers in those areas. The mortgage loans originated by UMG are generally sold in the secondary market through purchase agreements with institutional investors.

Union Insurance Group, LLC (“UIG”), an insurance agency, is owned by the Bank and Union Mortgage. This agency operates in a joint venture with Bankers Insurance, LLC, a large insurance agency owned by community banks across Virginia and managed by the Virginia Bankers Association. UIG generates revenue through sales of various insurance products, including long term care insurance and business owner policies.

SEGMENTS

The Company has two reportable segments: its traditional full service community banking business and its mortgage loan origination business. For more financial data and other information about each of the Company’s operating segments, refer to the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections, “Community Bank Segment” and “Mortgage Segment,” and to Note 18 “Segment Reporting” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

EXPANSION AND STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS

The Company expands its market area and increases its market share through organic growth (internal growth and de novo expansion) and strategic acquisitions. Strategic acquisitions by the Company to date have included whole bank acquisitions, branch and deposit acquisitions, and purchases of existing branches from other banks. The Company generally considers acquisitions of companies in strong growth markets or with unique products or services that will benefit the entire organization. Targeted acquisitions are priced to be economically feasible with minimal short-term drag to achieve positive long-term benefits. These acquisitions may be paid for in the form of cash, stock, debt, or a combination thereof. The amount and type of consideration and deal charges paid could have a short-term dilutive effect on the Company’s earnings per share or book value. However, cost savings and revenue enhancements in such transactions are anticipated to provide long-term economic benefit to the Company.

The Company’s new construction expansion during the last three years consists of opening three new bank branches in Virginia:

 

   

Three James Center, Union First Market Bank branch located in the city of Richmond, (November 2011)

 

   

Berea Marketplace, Union First Market Bank branch located in Stafford County (March 2011)

 

   

Staples Mill, Union First Market Bank branch located in Henrico County (February 2009)

In May 2011, the Company acquired deposits of approximately $48.9 million and loans of approximately $70.8 million at book value through the acquisition of the Harrisonburg, Virginia branch of NewBridge Bank (the “Harrisonburg branch”). Union First Market Bank retained the commercial loan operation team from the branch and all employees of the branch. The transaction also included the purchase of a real estate parcel/future branch site in Waynesboro, Virginia.

 

3


Table of Contents

In June 2011 Union First Market Bank opened seven in-store bank branches in MARTIN’S stores located in Harrisonburg, Waynesboro, Staunton, Winchester (two), Culpeper, and Stephens City, Virginia. The Bank currently operates in-store bank branches in 29 MARTIN’S Food Markets through its acquisition of First Market Bank primarily in the Richmond/Fredericksburg area markets.

During 2011, the Bank conducted a performance and opportunity analysis of its branch network. As a result, the Company decided to consolidate four branches into nearby locations. The four branches are located in Charlottesville, Mechanicsville, Port Royal, and Fredericksburg. In all cases, customers may use branches within close proximity or continue to use the Bank’s other delivery channels including online and mobile banking. It is anticipated that these branch consolidations will be completed by the end of the second quarter of 2012.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately 1,045 full-time equivalent employees, including executive officers, loan and other banking officers, branch personnel, operations and other support personnel. Of this total, 137 were mortgage segment personnel. None of the Company’s employees are represented by a union or covered under a collective bargaining agreement. The Company’s management routinely conducts employee workplace satisfaction surveys and as a result considers employee relations to be excellent and the key driver of the Company’s success. The Company provides employees with a comprehensive employee benefit program which includes the following: group life, health and dental insurance, paid time off (PTO), educational opportunities, a cash incentive plan, a stock purchase plan, stock incentive plans, deferred compensation plans for officers and key employees, an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) and a 401(k) plan with employer match.

COMPETITION

The financial services industry remains highly competitive and is constantly evolving. The Company experiences strong competition in all aspects of its business. In its market areas, the Company competes with large national and regional financial institutions, credit unions, other independent community banks, as well as consumer finance companies, mortgage companies, loan production offices, mutual funds and life insurance companies. Competition has increasingly come from out-of-state banks through their acquisitions of Virginia-based banks. Competition for deposits and loans is affected by various factors including interest rates offered, the number and location of branches and types of products offered, and the reputation of the institution. Credit unions have been allowed to increasingly expand their membership definitions and, because they enjoy a favorable tax status, have been able to offer more attractive loan and deposit pricing. The Company’s non-bank affiliates also operate in highly competitive environments. The Company is headquartered in Richmond, Virginia and, at $3.9 billion in assets, is among the largest independent community bank holding companies based in Virginia. The Company believes its community bank framework and philosophy provide a competitive advantage, particularly with regard to larger national and regional institutions, allowing the Company to compete effectively. The Company’s community bank segment generally has strong market shares within the markets it serves. The Company’s deposit market share in Virginia was 1.98% as of December 31, 2011.

ECONOMY

While the economy showed some signs of improvement during 2011, the continued weakness in employment and real estate markets, a flatter yield curve, continued low rates, legislative and regulatory responses in the aftermath of the most recent financial crisis, and general uncertainty of a global economic recovery made for a challenging 2011 for community banks and the Company. Unemployment levels remain relatively high in Virginia, but lower than the national average, with jobs shed principally in the Richmond and Virginia Beach-Norfolk metropolitan statistical areas. During 2011, management continued to focus significant attention to managing nonperforming assets and worked with borrowers to mitigate and protect against risk of loss.

 

4


Table of Contents

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

Bank holding companies and banks are extensively and increasingly regulated under both federal and state laws. The following description briefly addresses certain historic and current provisions of federal and state laws and certain regulations, proposed regulations, and the potential impacts on the Company and the Bank. To the extent statutory or regulatory provisions or proposals are described in this report, the description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory or regulatory provisions or proposals.

Regulatory Reform – The Dodd-Frank Act

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). The Dodd-Frank Act significantly restructures the financial regulatory regime in the United States and has a broad impact on the financial services industry. While some rulemaking under the Dodd-Frank Act has occurred, many of the act’s provisions require study or rulemaking by federal agencies, a process which will take years to implement fully.

Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act provides for new capital standards that eliminate the treatment of trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital. Existing trust preferred securities are grandfathered for banking entities with less than $15 billion of assets, such as the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently raises deposit insurance levels to $250,000, and provides unlimited deposit insurance coverage for transaction accounts through December 31, 2012. Pursuant to modifications under the Dodd-Frank Act, deposit insurance assessments will be calculated based on an insured depository institution’s assets rather than its insured deposits and the minimum reserve ratio of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s (“FDIC”) Deposit Insurance Fund is to be raised to 1.35%. The payment of interest on business demand deposit accounts is permitted by the Dodd-Frank Act. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act bars banking organizations, such as the Company, from engaging in proprietary trading and from sponsoring and investing in hedge funds and private equity funds, except as permitted under certain limited circumstances.

The Dodd-Frank Act established the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (“CFPB”) as an independent bureau of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). The CFPB has the exclusive authority to prescribe rules governing the provision of consumer financial products and services, which in the case of the Bank will be enforced by the Federal Reserve. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides that debit card interchange fees must be reasonable and proportional to the cost incurred by the card issuer with respect to the transaction. This provision is known as the “Durbin Amendment.” In June 2011, the Federal Reserve adopted regulations setting the maximum permissible interchange fee as the sum of 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction, with an additional adjustment of up to one cent per transaction if the card issuer implements certain fraud-prevention standards.

The Dodd-Frank Act enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and increasing the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained. These requirements became effective on July 21, 2011. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides that the appropriate federal regulators must establish standards prohibiting as an unsafe and unsound practice any compensation plan of a bank holding company or other “covered financial institution” that provides an insider or other employee with “excessive compensation” or compensation that gives rise to excessive risk or could lead to a material financial loss to such firm. In June 2010, prior to the Dodd-Frank Act, the bank regulatory agencies promulgated the Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies, which requires that financial institutions establish metrics for measuring the impact of activities to achieve incentive compensation with the related risk to the financial institution of such behavior.

 

5


Table of Contents

Although a significant number of the rules and regulations mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act have been finalized, many of the new requirements have yet to be implemented and will likely be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on the operations of the Company and the Bank is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may affect the profitability of business activities, require changes to certain business practices, impose more stringent capital requirements, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements, or otherwise adversely affect the business of the Company and the Bank. These changes may also require the Company to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements.

The Company

General. As a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHCA”), the Company is subject to supervision, regulation, and examination by the Federal Reserve. The Company is also registered under the bank holding company laws of Virginia and is subject to supervision, regulation, and examination by the Virginia State Corporation Commission (the “SCC”).

Permitted Activities. A bank holding company is limited to managing or controlling banks, furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiaries, and engaging in other activities that the Federal Reserve determines by regulation or order to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. In determining whether a particular activity is permissible, the Federal Reserve must consider whether the performance of such an activity reasonably can be expected to produce benefits to the public that outweigh possible adverse effects. Possible benefits include greater convenience, increased competition, and gains in efficiency. Possible adverse effects include undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest, and unsound banking practices. Despite prior approval, the Federal Reserve may order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable cause to believe that a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary of that bank holding company may result from such an activity.

Banking Acquisitions; Changes in Control. The BHCA requires, among other things, the prior approval of the Federal Reserve in any case where a bank holding company proposes to (i) acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock of any bank or bank holding company (unless it already owns a majority of such voting shares), (ii) acquire all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company, or (iii) merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, the Federal Reserve will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, the public benefits expected to be received from the acquisition, the projected capital ratios and levels on a post-acquisition basis, and the acquiring institution’s performance under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “CRA”).

Subject to certain exceptions, the BHCA and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with the applicable regulations, require Federal Reserve approval (or, depending on the circumstances, no notice of disapproval) prior to any person or company’s acquiring “control” of a bank or bank holding company. A conclusive presumption of control exists if an individual or company acquires the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of an insured depository institution or to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of any insured depository institution. A rebuttable presumption of control exists if a person or company acquires 10% or more but less than 25% of any class of voting securities of an insured depository institution and either the institution has registered securities under Section 12 of the

 

6


Table of Contents

Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) or no other person will own a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the acquisition. The Company’s common stock is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

In addition, Virginia law requires the prior approval of the SCC for (i) the acquisition of more than 5% of the voting shares of a Virginia bank or any holding company that controls a Virginia bank, or (ii) the acquisition by a Virginia bank holding company of a bank or its holding company domiciled outside Virginia.

Source of Strength. Federal Reserve policy has historically required bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks. The Dodd-Frank Act codified this policy as a statutory requirement. The federal bank regulatory agencies must still issue regulations to implement the source of strength provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Under this requirement, the Company is expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

Safety and Soundness. There are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed on bank holding companies and their subsidiary banks by law and regulatory policy that are designed to minimize potential loss to the depositors of such depository institutions and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance fund in the event of a depository institution default. For example, under the Federal Deposit Insurance Company Improvement Act of 1991, to avoid receivership of an insured depository institution subsidiary, a bank holding company is required to guarantee the compliance of any subsidiary bank that may become “undercapitalized” with the terms of any capital restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its appropriate federal bank regulatory agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the institution’s total assets at the time the institution became undercapitalized, or (ii) the amount that is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all applicable capital standards as of the time the institution fails to comply with such capital restoration plan.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), the federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards. These guidelines establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines.

Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve imposes certain capital requirements on bank holding companies under the BHCA, including a minimum leverage ratio and a minimum ratio of “qualifying” capital to risk-weighted assets. These requirements are described below under “The Bank – Capital Requirements”. Subject to its capital requirements and certain other restrictions, the Company is able to borrow money to make a capital contribution to the Bank, and such loans may be repaid from dividends paid by the Bank to the Company.

Limits on Dividends and Other Payments. The Company is a legal entity, separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. A significant portion of the revenues of the Company result from dividends paid to it by the Bank. There are various legal limitations applicable to the payment of dividends by the Bank to the Company and to the payment of dividends by the Company to its shareholders. The Bank is subject to various statutory restrictions on its ability to pay dividends to the Company. Under the current supervisory practices of the Bank’s regulatory agencies, prior approval from those agencies is required if cash dividends declared in any given year exceed net income for that year, plus retained net profits of the two

 

7


Table of Contents

preceding years. The payment of dividends by the Bank or the Company may be limited by other factors, such as requirements to maintain capital above regulatory guidelines. Bank regulatory agencies have the authority to prohibit the Bank or the Company from engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice in conducting their business. The payment of dividends, depending on the financial condition of the Bank, or the Company, could be deemed to constitute such an unsafe or unsound practice.

Under the FDIA, insured depository institutions such as the Bank, are prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distributions, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is used in the statute). Based on the Bank’s current financial condition, the Company does not expect this provision will have any impact on its ability to receive dividends from the Bank. The Company’s non-bank subsidiaries pay dividends to the Company periodically on a non-regulated basis.

In addition to dividends it receives from the Bank, the Company receives management fees from its affiliated companies for expenses incurred related to external financial reporting and audit fees, investor relations expenses, Board of Directors fees, and legal fees related to corporate actions. These fees are charged to each subsidiary based upon various specific allocation methods measuring the estimated usage of such services by that subsidiary. The fees are eliminated from the financial statements in the consolidation process.

Under federal law, the Bank may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, make loans or extensions of credit to, or investments in the securities of, the Company or take securities of the Company as collateral for loans to any borrower. The Bank is also subject to collateral security requirements for any loans or extensions of credit permitted by such exceptions.

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The Gramm-Leach Bliley Act (the “GLB Act”) allows a bank holding company or other company to certify its status as a financial holding company, thereby allowing such company to engage in activities that are financial in nature, that are incidental to such activities, or are complementary to such activities. The GLB Act enumerates certain activities deemed financial in nature, such as underwriting insurance or acting as an insurance principal, agent or broker; underwriting; dealing in or making markets in securities; and engaging in merchant banking under certain restrictions. It also authorizes the Federal Reserve to determine by regulation what other activities are financial in nature, or incidental or complementary thereto.

For a bank holding company to be eligible for financial holding company status, each of its subsidiary banks must be “well capitalized” and “well managed” and have at least a satisfactory rating on its most recent Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) review. A bank holding company seeking to become a financial holding company must file a declaration with the Federal Reserve that it elects to become a financial holding company. If, after becoming a financial holding company, any of its subsidiary banks should fail to continue to meet these requirements, the financial holding company would be prohibited from engaging in activities not permissible for bank holding companies unless it was able to return to compliance within a specified period of time. Although the Bank, the Company’s sole banking subsidiary, meets the capital, management, and CRA requirements, the Company has not made a declaration to elect to become a financial holding company and at this time has no plans to do so.

The Bank

General. The Bank is supervised and regularly examined by the Federal Reserve and the SCC. The various laws and regulations administered by the regulatory agencies affect corporate practices, such as the payment of dividends, incurrence of debt, and acquisition of financial institutions and other companies; they also affect business practices, such as the payment of interest on deposits, the charging of interest on loans, types of business conducted, and location of offices. Certain of these law and regulations are referenced above under “The Company.”

 

8


Table of Contents

Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve and the other federal banking agencies have issued risk-based and leverage capital guidelines applicable to U. S. banking organizations. In addition, those regulatory agencies may from time to time require that a banking organization maintain capital above the minimum levels because of its financial condition or actual or anticipated growth. Under the risk-based capital requirements of the Federal Reserve, the Company and the Bank are required to maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%. At least half of the total capital is required to be “Tier 1 capital,” which consists principally of common and certain qualifying preferred shareholders’ equity (including grandfathered trust preferred securities), less certain intangibles and other adjustments. The remainder (“Tier 2 capital”) consists of a limited amount of subordinated and other qualifying debt (including certain hybrid capital instruments) and a limited amount of the general loan loss allowance. The Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted asset ratios of the Company were 12.85% and 14.51%, respectively, as of December 31, 2011, thus exceeding the minimum requirements. The Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted asset ratios of the Bank were 12.36% and 14.02%, respectively, as of December 31, 2011, also exceeding the minimum requirements.

Each of the federal regulatory agencies has established a minimum leverage capital ratio of Tier 1 capital to average adjusted assets (“Tier 1 leverage ratio”). These guidelines provide for a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for banks and bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory examination rating and are not contemplating significant growth or expansion. As of December 31, 2011, the Tier 1 leverage ratios of the Company and the Bank were 10.14% and 9.78%, respectively, well above the minimum requirements. The guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets.

Deposit Insurance. Substantially all of the deposits of the Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF. On April 1, 2011, the deposit insurance assessment base changed from total deposits to average total assets minus average tangible equity, pursuant to a rule issued by the FDIC as required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

The FDIA, as amended by the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, requires the FDIC to set a ratio of deposit insurance reserves to estimated insured deposits of at least 1.35%. The FDIC utilizes a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank’s capital level and supervisory rating. On February 27, 2009, the FDIC introduced three possible adjustments to an institution’s initial base assessment rate: (i) a decrease of up to five basis points for long-term unsecured debt, including senior unsecured debt (other than debt guaranteed under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program) and subordinated debt and, for small institutions, a portion of Tier 1 capital; (ii) an increase not to exceed 50% of an institution’s assessment rate before the increase for secured liabilities in excess of 25% of domestic deposits; and (iii) for non-Risk Category I institutions, an increase not to exceed 10 basis points for brokered deposits in excess of 10% of domestic deposits. In 2011 and 2010, the Company paid only the base assessment rate for “well capitalized” institutions, which totaled $4.7 million and $5.0 million, respectively, in regular deposit insurance assessments.

On May 22, 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule that levied a special assessment applicable to all insured depository institutions totaling 5 basis points of each institution’s total assets less Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, not to exceed 10 basis points of domestic deposits. The special assessment was part of the FDIC’s efforts to rebuild the DIF. Deposit insurance expense during 2009 for the Company included an additional $1.2 million recognized in the second quarter related to the special assessment. On November 12, 2009, the FDIC issued a rule that required all insured depository institutions, with limited exceptions, to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012. In December 2009, the Company paid $12.6 million in prepaid risk-based assessments, which will be expensed in the appropriate periods through December 31, 2012.

 

9


Table of Contents

In November 2010, the FDIC issued a final rule to implement provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that provide for temporary unlimited coverage for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts. The separate coverage for non-interest-bearing transaction accounts became effective on December 31, 2010 and terminates on December 31, 2012.

In addition, all FDIC insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC at an annual rate of approximately one basis point of insured deposits to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance Fund. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2017 through 2019.

Transactions with Affiliates. Pursuant to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W, the authority of the Bank to engage in transactions with related parties or “affiliates” or to make loans to insiders is limited. Loan transactions with an affiliate generally must be collateralized and certain transactions between the Bank and its affiliates, including the sale of assets, the payment of money or the provision of services, must be on terms and conditions that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those prevailing for comparable nonaffiliated transactions. In addition, the Bank generally may not purchase securities issued or underwritten by affiliates.

Loans to executive officers, directors or to any person who directly or indirectly, or acting through or in concert with one or more persons, owns, controls or has the power to vote more than 10% of any class of voting securities of a bank (a “10% Shareholders”), are subject to Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and their corresponding regulations (Regulation O) and Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act relating to the prohibition on personal loans to executives (which exempts financial institutions in compliance with the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act). Among other things, these loans must be made on terms substantially the same as those prevailing on transactions made to unaffiliated individuals and certain extensions of credit to those persons must first be approved in advance by a disinterested majority of the entire board of directors. Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act prohibits loans to any of those individuals where the aggregate amount exceeds an amount equal to 15% of an institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus in the case of loans that are fully secured by readily marketable collateral, or when the aggregate amount on all of the extensions of credit outstanding to all of these persons would exceed the Bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. Section 22(g) of the Federal Reserve Act identifies limited circumstances in which the Bank is permitted to extend credit to executive officers.

Prompt Corrective Action. Immediately upon becoming “undercapitalized,” a depository institution becomes subject to the provisions of Section 38 of the FDIA, which: (i) restrict payment of capital distributions and management fees; (ii) require that the appropriate federal banking agency monitor the condition of the institution and its efforts to restore its capital; (iii) require submission of a capital restoration plan; (iv) restrict the growth of the institution’s assets; and (v) require prior approval of certain expansion proposals. The appropriate federal banking agency for an undercapitalized institution also may take any number of discretionary supervisory actions if the agency determines that any of these actions is necessary to resolve the problems of the institution at the least possible long-term cost to the DIF, subject in certain cases to specified procedures. These discretionary supervisory actions include: (i) requiring the institution to raise additional capital; (ii) restricting transactions with affiliates; (iii) requiring divestiture of the institution or the sale of the institution to a willing purchaser; and (iv) any other supervisory action that the agency deems appropriate. These and additional mandatory and permissive supervisory actions may be taken with respect to significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized institutions. The Bank meets the definition of being “well capitalized” as of December 31, 2011.

 

10


Table of Contents

Community Reinvestment Act. The Bank is subject to the requirements of the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977. The CRA imposes on financial institutions an affirmative and ongoing obligation to meet the credit needs of the local communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. If the Bank receives a rating from the Federal Reserve of less than satisfactory under the CRA, restrictions on operating activities would be imposed. The Bank currently has a “satisfactory” CRA rating.

Privacy Legislation. Several recent regulations issued by federal banking agencies also provide new protections against the transfer and use of customer information by financial institutions. A financial institution must provide to its customers information regarding its policies and procedures with respect to the handling of customers’ personal information. Each institution must conduct an internal risk assessment of its ability to protect customer information. These privacy provisions generally prohibit a financial institution from providing a customer’s personal financial information to unaffiliated parties without prior notice and approval from the customer.

USA Patriot Act of 2001. In October 2001, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 (“Patriot Act”) was enacted in response to the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks in New York, Pennsylvania, and Northern Virginia. The Patriot Act is intended to strengthen U. S. law enforcement and the intelligence communities’ abilities to work cohesively to combat terrorism. The continuing impact on financial institutions of the Patriot Act and related regulations and policies is significant and wide ranging. The Patriot Act contains sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws, and imposes various regulations, including standards for verifying customer identification at account opening, and rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities to identify persons who may be involved in terrorism or money laundering.

Consumer Laws and Regulations. The Bank is also subject to certain consumer laws and regulations issued thereunder that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks. These laws include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, and the Fair Housing Act, among others. The laws and related regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions transact business with customers. The Bank must comply with the applicable provisions of these consumer protection laws and regulations as part of its ongoing customer relations.

Incentive Compensation. In June 2010, the federal banking agencies issued comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of financial institutions do not undermine the safety and soundness of such institutions by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of a financial institutions, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a financial institution’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the institution’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the financial institution’s board of directors.

The Federal Reserve will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of financial institutions, such as the Company, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews will be tailored to each financial institution based on the scope and complexity of the institution’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the institution’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the institution’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a financial institution if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the institution’s safety and soundness and the financial institution is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies. At December 31, 2011, the Company had not been made aware of any instances of non-compliance with the new guidance.

 

11


Table of Contents

Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies

The Company’s operations are affected not only by general economic conditions but also by the policies of various regulatory authorities. In particular, the Federal Reserve regulates money and credit conditions and interest rates to influence general economic conditions. These policies have a significant impact on overall growth and distribution of loans, investments and deposits; they affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for time and savings deposits. Federal Reserve monetary policies have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks, including the Company, in the past and are expected to do so in the future.

Filings with the SEC

The Company files annual, quarterly, and other reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with the SEC. These reports and this Form 10-K are posted and available at no cost on the Company’s investor relations website, http://investors.bankatunion.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company files such documents with the SEC. The information contained on the Company’s website is not a part of this Form 10-K. The Company’s filings are also available through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

ITEM 1A.—RISK FACTORS

Risks Related To The Company’s Business

The Company’s business may be adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally.

The community banking industry is directly affected by national, regional, and local economic conditions. Although economic conditions showed some signs of improvement in 2011, certain sectors, such as real estate, remain weak and unemployment remains high. Local governments and many businesses are still experiencing difficulty as a result of the recent economic downturn and protracted recovery. Management allocates significant resources to mitigate and respond to risks associated with the current volatile economic conditions, however, such conditions cannot be predicted or controlled. Therefore, such conditions, including a flatter yield curve and extended low interest rates, could adversely affect the credit quality of the Company’s loans, and/or the Company’s results of operations and financial condition. The Company’s financial performance is dependent on the business environment in the markets where the Company operates—in particular, the ability of borrowers to pay interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, as well as demand for loans and other products and services the Company offers. In addition, the Company holds securities which can be significantly affected by various factors including credit ratings assigned by third parties; an adverse credit rating in securities held by the Company could result in a reduction of the fair value of its securities portfolio and have an adverse impact on its financial condition. While general economic conditions in Virginia and the U.S. continued to improve in 2011, there can be no assurance that this improvement will continue.

The Company’s allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb losses in its loan portfolio.

Like all financial institutions, the Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to provide for loans that its borrowers may not repay in their entirety. The Company believes that it maintains an allowance for loan losses at a level adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the corresponding balance sheet date and in compliance with applicable accounting and regulatory guidance. However, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover actual loan losses and future provisions for loan losses could materially and adversely affect the Company’s operating results. The Company continues to have an elevated level of potential problem loans in its loan portfolio with higher

 

12


Table of Contents

than normal risk. The Company expects to receive more frequent requests from borrowers to modify loans. Accounting measurements related to impairment and the loan loss allowance require significant estimates that are subject to uncertainty and changes relating to new information and changing circumstances. The significant uncertainties surrounding the Company’s borrowers’ abilities to execute their business models successfully through changing economic environments, competitive challenges and other factors complicate the Company’s estimates of the risk of loss and amount of loss on any loan. Because of the degree of uncertainty and susceptibility of these factors to change, the actual losses may vary from current estimates. The Company expects fluctuations in the loan loss provisions due to the uncertain economic conditions.

The Company’s banking regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses and may require the Company to increase its allowance for loan losses by recognizing additional provisions for loan losses charged to expense, or to decrease the allowance for loan losses by recognizing loan charge-offs, net of recoveries. Any such required additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s concentration in loans secured by real estate may adversely affect earnings due to changes in the real estate markets.

The Company offers a variety of secured loans, including commercial lines of credit, commercial term loans, real estate, construction, home equity, consumer, and other loans. Many of the Company’s loans are secured by real estate (both residential and commercial) in the Company’s market areas. A major change in the real estate markets, resulting in deterioration in the value of this collateral, or in the local or national economy, could adversely affect borrowers’ ability to pay these loans, which in turn could affect the Company. Risks of loan defaults and foreclosures are unavoidable in the banking industry; the Company tries to limit its exposure to these risks by monitoring extensions of credit carefully. The Company cannot fully eliminate credit risk; thus, credit losses will occur in the future. Additionally, changes in the real estate market also affect the value of foreclosed assets and, therefore, additional losses may occur when management determines it is appropriate to sell the assets.

The Company’s credit standards and its on-going credit assessment processes might not protect it from significant credit losses.

The Company assumes credit risk by virtue of making loans and leases and extending loan commitments and letters of credit. The Company manages credit risk through a program of underwriting standards, the review of certain credit decisions and a continuous quality assessment process of credit already extended. The Company’s exposure to credit risk is managed through the use of consistent underwriting standards that emphasize local lending while avoiding highly leveraged transactions as well as excessive industry and other concentrations. The Company’s credit administration function employs risk management techniques to help ensure that problem loans and leases are promptly identified. While these procedures are designed to provide the Company with the information needed to implement policy adjustments where necessary and to take appropriate corrective actions, there can be no assurance that such measures will be effective in avoiding undue credit risk.

Nonperforming assets take significant time to resolve and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

The Company’s nonperforming assets adversely affect its net income in various ways. Until economic and market conditions stabilize, the Company expects to continue to incur additional losses relating to volatility in nonperforming loans. The Company does not record interest income on non-accrual loans, which adversely affects its income and increases loan administration costs. When the Company receives collateral through foreclosures and similar proceedings, it is required to mark the related loan to the then fair market value of the collateral less estimated selling costs, which may result in a loss. An increase in the level of nonperforming assets also increases the Company’s risk profile and may affect the capital levels regulators believe are appropriate in light of such risks. The Company utilizes various techniques

 

13


Table of Contents

such as workouts, restructurings, and loan sales to manage problem assets. Increases in or negative adjustments in the value of these problem assets, the underlying collateral, or in the borrowers’ performance or financial condition, could adversely affect the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the resolution of nonperforming assets requires significant commitments of time from management and staff, which can be detrimental to the performance of their other responsibilities, including origination of new loans. There can be no assurance that the Company will avoid further increases in nonperforming loans in the future.

Changes in interest rates could adversely affect the Company’s income and cash flows.

The Company’s income and cash flows depend to a great extent on the difference between the interest rates earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and the interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond the Company’s control, including general economic conditions and the policies of the Federal Reserve and other governmental and regulatory agencies. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, will influence the origination of loans, the prepayment of loans, the purchase of investments, the generation of deposits, and the rates received on loans and investment securities and paid on deposits or other sources of funding. The impact of these changes may be magnified if the Company does not effectively manage the relative sensitivity of its assets and liabilities to changes in market interest rates. In addition, the Company’s ability to reflect such interest rate changes in pricing its products is influenced by competitive pressures. Fluctuations in these areas may adversely affect the Company and its shareholders. The Bank is often at a competitive disadvantage in managing its costs of funds compared to the large regional, super-regional, or national banks that have access to the national and international capital markets.

The Company generally seeks to maintain a neutral position in terms of the volume of assets and liabilities that mature or re-price during any period so that it may reasonably maintain its net interest margin; however, interest rate fluctuations, loan prepayments, loan production, deposit flows, and competitive pressures are constantly changing and influence the ability to maintain a neutral position. Generally, the Company’s earnings will be more sensitive to fluctuations in interest rates depending upon the variance in volume of assets and liabilities that mature and re-price in any period. The extent and duration of the sensitivity will depend on the cumulative variance over time, the velocity and direction of changes in interest rates, shape and slope of the yield curve, and whether the Company is more asset sensitive or liability sensitive. Accordingly, the Company may not be successful in maintaining a neutral position and, as a result, the Company’s net interest margin may be affected.

The Company faces substantial competition that could adversely affect the Company’s growth and/or operating results.

The Company operates in a competitive market for financial services and faces intense competition from other financial institutions both in making loans and attracting deposits which can greatly affect pricing for our products and services. The Company’s primary competitors include community, regional, and national banks as well as credit unions and mortgage companies. Many of these financial institutions have been in business for many years, are significantly larger, have established customer bases and have greater financial resources and higher lending limits. In addition, credit unions are exempt from corporate income taxes, providing a significant competitive pricing advantage. Accordingly, some of the Company’s competitors in its market have the ability to offer products and services that it is unable to offer or to offer at more competitive rates.

The inability of the Company to successfully manage its growth or implement its growth strategy may adversely affect the results of operations and financial conditions.

The Company may not be able to successfully implement its growth strategy if it is unable to identify attractive markets, locations, or opportunities to expand in the future. The ability to manage growth successfully depends on whether the Company can maintain adequate capital levels, maintain cost controls, effectively manage asset quality, and successfully integrate any businesses acquired into the organization.

 

14


Table of Contents

As the Company continues to implement its growth strategy by opening new branches or acquiring branches or banks, it expects to incur increased personnel, occupancy and other operating expenses. In the case of new branches, the Company must absorb those higher expenses while it begins to generate new deposits; there is also further time lag involved in redeploying new deposits into attractively priced loans and other higher yielding earning assets. Thus, the Company’s plans to expand could depress earnings in the short run, even if it efficiently executes a branching strategy leading to long-term financial benefits.

Difficulties in combining the operations of acquired entities with the Company’s own operations may prevent the Company from achieving the expected benefits from acquisitions.

The Company may not be able to achieve fully the strategic objectives and operating efficiencies in an acquisition. Inherent uncertainties exist in integrating the operations of an acquired entity. In addition, the markets and industries in which the Company and its potential acquisition targets operate are highly competitive. The Company may lose customers or the customers of acquired entities as a result of an acquisition; the Company also may lose key personnel, either from the acquired entity or from itself. These factors could contribute to the Company’s not achieving the expected benefits from its acquisitions within desired time frames, if at all. Future business acquisitions could be material to the Company and it may issue additional shares of common stock to pay for those acquisitions, which would dilute current shareholders’ ownership interests. Acquisitions also could require the Company to use substantial cash or other liquid assets or to incur debt; the Company could therefore become more susceptible to economic downturns and competitive pressures.

The carrying value of goodwill may be adversely affected.

When the Company completes an acquisition, often times, goodwill is recorded on the date of acquisition as an asset. Current accounting guidance requires goodwill to be tested for impairment; the Company performs such impairment analysis at least annually rather than amortizing it over a period of time. A significant adverse change in expected future cash flows or sustained adverse change in the Company’s common stock could require the asset to become impaired. If impaired, the Company would incur a charge to earnings that would have a significant impact on the results of operations. The Company’s carrying value of goodwill was approximately $59.4 million at December 31, 2011.

The Company’s exposure to operational, technological and organizational risk may adversely affect the Company.

Similar to other financial institutions, the Company is exposed to many types of operational and technological risk, including reputation, legal, and compliance risk. The Company’s ability to grow and compete is dependent on its ability to build or acquire the necessary operational and technological infrastructure and to manage the cost of that infrastructure while it expands and integrates acquired businesses. Similar to other financial institutions, operational risk can manifest itself in many ways, such as errors related to failed or inadequate processes, faulty or disabled computer systems, fraud by employees or persons outside of the Company, and exposure to external events. The Company is dependent on its operational infrastructure to help manage these risks. From time to time, it may need to change or upgrade its technology infrastructure. The Company may experience disruption, and it may face additional exposure to these risks during the course of making such changes. As the Company acquires other financial institutions, it faces additional challenges when integrating different operational platforms. Such integration efforts may be more disruptive to the business and/or more costly than anticipated.

The Company’s operations may be adversely affected by cyber security risks.

In the ordinary course of business, The Company collects and stores sensitive data, including proprietary business information and personally identifiable information of its customers and employees in systems and on networks. The secure processing, maintenance and use of this information is critical to operations and the Company’s business strategy. The Company has invested in accepted technologies, and

 

15


Table of Contents

continually reviews processes and practices that are designed to protect its networks, computers and data from damage or unauthorized access. Despite these security measures, The Company’s computer systems and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. A breach of any kind could compromise systems and the information stored there could be accessed, damaged or disclosed. A breach in security could result in legal claims, regulatory penalties, disruption in operations, and damage to the Company’s reputation, which could adversely affect our business.

The Company’s dependency on its management team and the unexpected loss of any of those personnel could adversely affect operations.

The Company is a customer-focused and relationship-driven organization. Future growth is expected to be driven in large part by the relationships maintained with customers. While the Company has assembled an experienced management team, is building the depth of that team, and has management development plans in place, the unexpected loss of key employees could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and may result in lower revenues or greater expenses.

Legislative or regulatory changes or actions, or significant litigation, could adversely affect the Company or the businesses in which the Company is engaged.

The Company is subject to extensive state and federal regulation, supervision and legislation that govern almost all aspects of its operations. Laws and regulations change from time to time and are primarily intended for the protection of consumers, depositors, and the FDIC’s DIF. The impact of any changes to laws and regulations or other actions by regulatory agencies may negatively affect the Company or its ability to increase the value of its business. Such changes could include higher capital requirements, increased insurance premiums, increased compliance costs, reductions of non-interest income and limitations on services that can be provided. Actions by regulatory agencies or significant litigation against the Company could cause it to devote significant time and resources to defend itself and may lead to liability or penalties that materially affect the Company and its shareholders. Future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations or enforcement could be materially adverse to the Company and its shareholders.

The Dodd-Frank Act substantially changes the regulation of the financial services industry and it could have a material adverse effect upon the Company.

The Dodd-Frank Act provides wide-ranging changes in the way banks and financial services firms generally are regulated and are likely to affect the way the Company and its customers and counterparties do business with each other. Among other things, it requires increased capital and regulatory oversight for banks and their holding companies, changes the deposit insurance assessment system, changes responsibilities among regulators, establishes the new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, makes various changes in the securities laws and corporate governance that affect public companies, including the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires numerous studies and regulations related to its implementation. The Company is evaluating the effects of the Dodd-Frank Act, together with implementing the regulations that have been proposed and adopted. The effects of the Dodd-Frank Act and the resulting rulemaking cannot be predicted, but could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operation and financial condition.

The Company relies upon independent appraisals to determine the value of the real estate which secures a significant portion of its loans, and the values indicated by such appraisals may not be realizable if the Company is forced to foreclose upon such loans.

A significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio consists of loans secured by real estate. The Company relies upon independent appraisers to estimate the value of such real estate. Appraisals are only estimates of value and the independent appraisers may make mistakes of fact or judgment that adversely affect the reliability of their appraisals. In addition, events occurring after the initial appraisal may cause the value of the real estate to increase or decrease. As a result of any of these factors, the real estate securing some of the Company’s loans may be more or less valuable than anticipated at the time the loans were made. If a default occurs on a loan secured by real estate that is less valuable than originally estimated, the Company may not be able to recover the outstanding balance of the loan.

 

16


Table of Contents

Changes in accounting standards could impact reported earnings.

The authorities that promulgate accounting standards, including the FASB, SEC, and other regulatory authorities, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. These changes are difficult to predict and can materially impact how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of financial statements for prior periods. Such changes could also require the Company to incur additional personnel or technology costs.

Limited availability of financing or inability to raise capital could adversely impact the Company.

The amount, type, source, and cost of the Company’s funding directly impacts the ability to grow assets. The ability to raise capital in the future could become more difficult, more expensive, or altogether unavailable. A number of factors could make such financing more difficult, more expensive or unavailable including: the financial condition of the Company at any given time; rate disruptions in the capital markets; the reputation for soundness and security of the financial services industry as a whole; and, competition for funding from other banks or similar financial service companies, some of which could be substantially larger or be more favorably rated.

Risks Related To The Company’s Securities

The Company’s ability to pay dividends depends upon the results of operations of its subsidiaries.

The Company is a bank holding company that conducts substantially all of its operations through the Bank and other subsidiaries. As a result, the Company’s ability to make dividend payments on its common stock depends primarily on certain federal regulatory considerations and the receipt of dividends and other distributions from its subsidiaries. There are various regulatory restrictions on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends or make other payments to the Company.

While the Company’s common stock is currently traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, it has less liquidity than stocks for larger companies quoted on a national securities exchange.

The trading volume in the Company’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market has been relatively low when compared with larger companies listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market or other stock exchanges. There is no assurance that a more active and liquid trading market for the common stock will exist in the future. Consequently, shareholders may not be able to sell a substantial number of shares for the same price at which shareholders could sell a smaller number of shares. In addition, we cannot predict the effect, if any, that future sales of the Company’s common stock in the market, or the availability of shares of common stock for sale in the market, will have on the market price of the common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the market, or the potential for large amounts of sales in the market, could cause the price of the Company’s common stock to decline, or reduce the Company’s ability to raise capital through future sales of common stock.

 

17


Table of Contents

Future issuances of the Company’s common stock could adversely affect the market price of the common stock and could be dilutive.

The Company is not restricted from issuing additional shares of common stock, including any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of common stock. Issuances of a substantial number of shares of common stock, or the expectation that such issuances might occur, including in connection with acquisitions by the Company, could materially adversely affect the market price of the shares of the common stock and could be dilutive to shareholders. Because the Company’s decision to issue common stock in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors, it cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of possible future issuances of its common stock. Accordingly, the Company’s shareholders bear the risk that future issuances will reduce the market price of the common stock and dilute their stock holdings in the Company.

The Company’s governing documents and Virginia law contain anti-takeover provisions that could negatively affect its shareholders.

The Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and the Virginia Stock Corporation Act contain certain provisions designed to enhance the ability of the board of directors to deal with attempts to acquire control of the Company. These provisions and the ability to set the voting rights, preferences and other terms of any series of preferred stock that may be issued, may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may discourage takeovers (which certain shareholders may deem to be in their best interest). To the extent that such takeover attempts are discouraged, temporary fluctuations in the market price of the Company’s common stock resulting from actual or rumored takeover attempts may be inhibited. These provisions also could discourage or make more difficult a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest, even though such transactions may be favorable to the interests of shareholders, and could potentially adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock.

The current economic conditions may cause volatility in the Company’s stock value.

In the current economic environment, the value of publicly traded stocks in the financial services sector has been volatile. However, even in a more stable economic environment the value of the Company’s common stock can be affected by a variety of factors such as excepted results of operations, actual results of operations, actions taken by shareholders, news or expectations based on the performance of others in the financial services industry and expected impacts of a changing regulatory environment. These factors not only impact the value of our stock but could also affect the liquidity of the stock given the Company’s size, geographical footprint, and industry.

ITEM 1B.—UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

The Company does not have any unresolved staff comments to report for the year ended December 31, 2011.

ITEM  2.—PROPERTIES.

The Company, through its subsidiaries, owns or leases buildings that are used in the normal course of business. Effective October 31, 2011, the corporate headquarters was relocated from 111 Virginia Street, Suite 200, Richmond, Virginia to 1051 East Cary Street, Suite 1200, Richmond, Virginia. The Company’s subsidiaries own or lease various other offices in the counties and cities in which they operate. At December 31, 2011, Union First Market Bank operated 99 branches throughout Virginia. All of the offices of Union Mortgage are leased. The vast majority of the offices of Union Investment Services, Inc. are located within the retail branch properties. The Company’s operations center is in Ruther Glen, Virginia. See the Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 5 “Bank Premises and Equipment” in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” of this Form 10-K for information with respect to the amounts at which Bank premises and equipment are carried and commitments under long-term leases.

 

18


Table of Contents

ITEM 3.—LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

In the ordinary course of its operations, the Company and its subsidiaries are parties to various legal proceedings. Based on the information presently available, and after consultation with legal counsel, management believes that the ultimate outcome in such proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the business or the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

ITEM 4.—MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

None.

PART II

ITEM 5. – MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

The following performance graph does not constitute soliciting material and should not be deemed filed or incorporated by reference into any other Company filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates the performance graph by reference therein.

Five-Year Stock Performance Graph

The following chart compares the yearly percentage change in the cumulative shareholder return on the Company’s common stock during the five years ended December 31, 2011, with (1) the Total Return Index for the NASDAQ Stock Market and (2) the Total Return Index for NASDAQ Bank Stocks. This comparison assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2006 in the Company’s common stock and the comparison groups and assumes the reinvestment of all cash dividends prior to any tax effect and retention of all stock dividends.

 

19


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

     Period Ending  

Index

   12/31/06      12/31/07      12/31/08      12/31/09      12/31/10      12/31/11  

Union First Market Bankshares Corporation

     100.00         71.33         86.76         44.28         53.81         49.54   

NASDAQ Composite

     100.00         110.66         66.42         96.54         114.06         113.16   

NASDAQ Bank

     100.00         80.09         62.84         52.60         60.04         53.74   

Information on Common Stock, Market Prices and Dividends

There were 26,134,830 shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding at the close of business on December 31, 2011, which were held by 2,446 shareholders of record. The closing price of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2011 was $13.29 per share compared to $14.78 on December 31, 2010.

The Company completed a follow-on equity raise on September 16, 2009 of 4,725,000 shares of common stock at a price of $13.25 per share. In addition, on February 1, 2010, the Company issued 7,477,273 shares of common stock in connection with its acquisition of First Market Bank, FSB.

The following table summarizes the high and low sales prices and dividends declared for quarterly periods during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

     Sales Prices      Dividends
Declared
 
     2011      2010      2011      2010  
     High      Low      High      Low                

First Quarter

   $ 15.21       $ 10.82       $ 15.52       $ 11.79       $ 0.070       $ 0.060   

Second Quarter

     13.23         11.29         17.93         12.25         0.070         0.060   

Third Quarter

     13.18         9.93         14.73         11.19         0.070         0.060   

Fourth Quarter

     13.79         10.06         15.61         11.98         0.070         0.070   
              

 

 

    

 

 

 
               $ 0.280       $ 0.250   
              

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

20


Table of Contents

Regulatory restrictions on the ability of the Bank to transfer funds to the Company at December 31, 2011 are set forth in Note 17, “Parent Company Financial Information,” contained in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. A discussion of certain limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company and the ability of the Company to pay dividends on its common stock, is set forth in Part I., Item 1—Business, of this Form 10-K under the headings “Supervision and Regulation - Limits on Dividends and Other Payments.”

It is anticipated that dividends will continue to be paid near the end of February, May, August, and November. In making its decision on the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock, the Board of Directors considers operating results, financial condition, capital adequacy, regulatory requirements, shareholder returns, and other factors.

Stock Repurchase Program

In December 2011, the Company was authorized to repurchase up to 350,000 shares of its common stock in the open market at prices that management determines to be prudent. No shares were repurchased during 2011. In February, 2012 the Company repurchased 335,649 shares of its common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $4,363,437, or $13.00 per share. The repurchase was funded with cash on hand.

 

21


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. – SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

The following table sets forth selected financial data for the Company over each of the past five years ended December 31 (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Results of Operations

         

Interest and dividend income

  $ 189,073      $ 189,821      $ 128,587      $ 135,095      $ 140,996   

Interest expense

    32,713        38,245        48,771        57,222        65,251   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    156,360        151,576        79,816        77,873        75,745   

Provision for loan losses

    16,800        24,368        18,246        10,020        1,060   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    139,560        127,208        61,570        67,853        74,685   

Noninterest income

    43,777        47,298        32,967        30,555        25,105   

Noninterest expenses

    141,628        143,001        85,287        79,636        73,550   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    41,709        31,505        9,250        18,772        26,240   

Income tax expense

    11,264        8,583        890        4,258        6,484   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 30,445      $ 22,922      $ 8,360      $ 14,514      $ 19,756   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial Condition

         

Assets

  $ 3,907,087      $ 3,837,247      $ 2,587,272      $ 2,551,932      $ 2,301,397   

Loans, net of unearned income

    2,818,583        2,837,253        1,874,224        1,874,088        1,747,820   

Deposits

    3,175,105        3,070,059        1,916,364        1,926,999        1,659,578   

Stockholders’ equity

    421,639        428,085        282,088        273,798        212,082   

Ratios

         

Return on average assets

    0.79     0.61     0.32     0.61     0.91

Return on average equity

    6.90     5.50     2.90     6.70     9.61

Cash basis return on average assets (1)

    0.92     0.76     0.38     0.68     1.00

Cash basis return on average tangible common equity (1)

    10.64     9.35     5.54     10.69     14.88

Efficiency ratio (2)

    70.77     71.91     75.62     73.45     72.93

Equity to assets

    10.79     11.16     10.90     10.73     9.22

Tangible common equity / tangible assets

    8.91     8.22     8.64     6.10     6.45

Asset Quality

         

Allowance for loan losses

  $ 39,470      $ 38,406      $ 30,484      $ 25,496      $ 19,336   

Nonaccrual loans

  $ 44,834      $ 61,716      $ 22,348      $ 14,412      $ 9,436   

Other real estate owned

  $ 32,263      $ 36,122      $ 22,509      $ 7,140      $ 693   

Allowance for loan losses / total outstanding loans

    1.40     1.35     1.63     1.36     1.11

Allowance for loan losses / nonperforming loans

    88.04     62.23     136.41     176.91     204.92

NPAs / total outstanding loans

    2.74     3.45     2.39     1.15     0.58

Net charge-offs / total outstanding loans

    0.56     0.58     0.71     0.21     0.05

Per Share Data

         

Earnings per share, basic

  $ 1.07      $ 0.83      $ 0.19      $ 1.08      $ 1.48   

Earnings per share, diluted

    1.07        0.83        0.19        1.07        1.47   

Cash basis earnings per share, diluted (1)

    1.33        1.10        0.63        1.16        1.56   

Cash dividends paid

    0.280        0.250        0.300        0.740        0.725   

Market value per share

    13.29        14.78        12.39        24.80        21.14   

Book value per common share

    16.17        15.16        15.34        16.03        15.82   

Price to earnings ratio, diluted

    12.42        17.81        65.21        23.18        14.38   

Price to book value ratio

    0.82        0.98        0.81        1.55        1.34   

Dividend payout ratio

    26.17     30.12     157.89     69.16     49.32

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic

    25,981,222        25,222,565        15,160,619        13,477,760        13,341,741   

Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted

    26,009,839        25,268,216        15,201,993        13,542,948        13,422,139   

 

(1) Refer to “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, section “Non GAAP Measures” for a reconciliation.
(2) The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing noninterest expense over the sum of net interest income plus noninterest income.

 

22


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The following discussion and analysis provides information about the major components of the results of operations and financial condition, liquidity, and capital resources of the Company and its subsidiaries. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the “Consolidated Financial Statements” and the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” presented in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

General

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and its subsidiaries are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and conform to general practices within the banking industry. The Company’s financial position and results of operations are affected by management’s application of accounting policies, including estimates, assumptions and judgments made to arrive at the carrying value of assets and liabilities, and amounts reported for revenues, expenses and related disclosures. Different assumptions in the application of these policies could result in material changes in the Company’s consolidated financial position and/or results of operations.

The more critical accounting and reporting policies include the Company’s accounting for the allowance for loan losses, mergers and acquisitions goodwill, and intangible assets. The Company’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding the Company’s consolidated financial position and consolidated results of operations. Accordingly, the Company’s significant accounting policies are discussed in detail in Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

The following is a summary of the Company’s critical accounting policies that are highly dependent on estimates, assumptions, and judgments.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is an estimate of the losses that may be sustained in the loan portfolio. The allowance is based on two basic principles of accounting: (a) ASC 450 Contingencies, which requires that losses be accrued when occurrence is probable and can be reasonably estimated, and (b) ASC 310 Receivables, which requires that losses be accrued based on the differences between the value of collateral, present value of future cash flows or values that are observable in the secondary market and the loan balance.

The Company’s allowance for loan losses is the accumulation of various components that are calculated based on independent methodologies. All components of the allowance represent an estimation performed pursuant to applicable GAAP. Management’s estimate of each homogenous pool component is based on certain observable data that management believes are most reflective of the underlying credit losses being estimated. This evaluation includes credit quality trends; collateral values; loan volumes; geographic, borrower, and industry concentrations; seasoning of the loan portfolio; the findings of internal credit quality assessments and results from external bank regulatory examinations. These factors, as well as historical losses and current economic and business conditions, are used in developing estimated loss factors used in the calculations.

Applicable GAAP requires that the impairment of loans that have been separately identified for evaluation are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows or, alternatively, the observable market price of the loans or the fair value of the collateral. However, for those loans that are collateral dependent (that is, if repayment of those loans is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral) and for which management has determined foreclosure is probable, the measure of impairment

 

23


Table of Contents

is to be based on the net realizable value of the collateral. This statement also requires certain disclosures about investments in impaired loans and the allowance for loan losses and interest income recognized on impaired loans.

Reserves for commercial loans are determined by applying estimated loss factors to the portfolio based on historical loss experience and management’s evaluation and “risk grading” of the commercial loan portfolio. Reserves are provided for noncommercial loan categories using historical loss factors applied to the total outstanding loan balance of each loan category. Additionally, environmental factors based on national and local economic conditions, as well as portfolio-specific attributes, are considered in estimating the allowance for loan losses.

While management uses the best information available to establish the allowance for loan and lease losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if future economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the valuations or, if required by regulators, based upon information available to them at the time of their examinations. Such adjustments to original estimates, as necessary, are made in the period in which these factors and other relevant considerations indicate that loss levels may vary from previous estimates.

Mergers and Acquisitions

The Company’s merger and acquisition strategy focuses on high-growth areas with strong market demographics and targets organizations that have a comparable corporate culture, strong performance and good asset quality, among other factors.

Business combinations are accounted for under ASC 805, Business Combinations, using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquisition method of accounting requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the acquisition date measured at their fair values as of that date. To determine the fair values, the Company will continue to rely on third party valuations, such as appraisals, or internal valuations based on discounted cash flow analyses or other valuation techniques. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the Company will identify the acquirer and the closing date and apply applicable recognition principles and conditions. Costs that the Company expects, but is not obligated to incur in the future, to effect its plan to exit an activity of an acquiree or to terminate the employment of or relocate an acquiree’s employees are not liabilities at the acquisition date. The Company does not recognize these costs as part of applying the acquisition method. Instead, the Company recognizes these costs as expenses in its post-combination financial statements in accordance with other applicable GAAP.

Acquisition-related costs are costs the Company incurs to effect a business combination. Those costs include advisory, legal, accounting, valuation, and other professional or consulting fees. Some other examples of costs to the Company include systems conversions, integration planning consultants and advertising costs. The Company will account for acquisition-related costs as expenses in the periods in which the costs are incurred and the services are received, with one exception. The costs to issue debt or equity securities will be recognized in accordance with other applicable GAAP. These acquisition-related costs are included within the Consolidated Statements of Income classified within the noninterest expense caption.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company follows ASC 805, Business Combinations, using the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations and ASC 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, which prescribes the accounting for goodwill and intangible assets subsequent to initial recognition. The provisions of this guidance discontinued the amortization of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives but require an impairment review at least annually and more frequently if certain impairment indicators are evident.

Goodwill totaled $59.4 million and $57.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Changes in goodwill in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet from December 31, 2011 were attributable to the acquisition of the Harrsionburg branch. Based on the testing of goodwill for impairment, there were no impairment charges for 2011, 2010, or 2009.

 

24


Table of Contents

The Company used the acquisition method of accounting when acquiring First Market Bank and recorded $26.4 million of core deposit intangible, $1.2 million of trademark intangible and $1.1 million in goodwill. None of the goodwill recognized will be deductible for income tax purposes. Core deposit intangible assets are being amortized over the periods of expected benefit, which range from 5 to 14 years. The core deposit intangible on that acquisition is being amortized over an average of 4.3 years using an accelerated method and the trademark intangible is being amortized over three years using the straight-line method.

In connection with the acquisition of the Harrisonburg branch, the Company recorded $1.8 million of goodwill and $9,500 of core deposit intangibles. The core deposit intangible of $9,500 was expensed in the second quarter of 2011. The recorded goodwill was allocated to the community banking segment of the Company and is deductible for tax purposes.

Total core deposit intangibles, net of amortization, amounted to $20.7 million and $26.8 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Amortization expense of core deposit intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 totaled $6.1 million, $7.3 million, and $1.9 million, respectively. Amortization expense of the trademark intangible for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $400,000 and $367,000, respectively. The Company had no trademark intangible prior to 2010.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Income

For the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, net income increased $7.5 million, or 32.8%, from $22.9 million to $30.4 million. Net income available to common shareholders, which deducts from net income the dividends and discount accretion on preferred stock, was $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $21.0 million a year ago. This represented an increase in earnings per common share, on a diluted basis, of $0.24, to $1.07 from $0.83. The repayment of the preferred stock assumed in the FMB acquisition accelerated the amortization of the related discount of approximately $982,000, which reduced earnings available to common shareholders by $0.02 per share. Return on average common equity for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 6.90%, while return on average assets was 0.79%, compared to 5.50% and 0.61%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010.

The $7.5 million increase in net income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was largely attributable to increases in net interest income, the absence of nonrecurring prior year acquisition costs, and a decline in provision for loan loss.

For the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009, net income increased $14.6 million, or 174.2%, from $8.4 million to $22.9 million. Net income available to common shareholders, was $21.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $22.9 million for 2009. This represents an increase in earnings per share, on a diluted basis, of $0.64, to $0.83 from $0.19. Return on average common equity for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 5.50%, while return on average assets was 0.61%, compared to 2.90% and 0.32%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009. The $14.6 million increase in net income for the year ended December 31, 2010 was largely attributable to the addition of FMB and improvement in the net interest margin, partially offset by nonrecurring acquisition costs and increased credit costs.

 

25


Table of Contents

Net Interest Income

Net interest income, which represents the principal source of earnings for the Company, is the amount by which interest income exceeds interest expense. The net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average earning assets. Changes in the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as their respective yields and rates, have a significant impact on the level of net interest income, the net interest margin and net income.

The decline in the general level of interest rates over the last four years has placed downward pressure on the Company’s earning asset yields and related interest income. The decline in earning asset yields, however, has been offset principally by repricing of money market deposit accounts and certificates of deposits. The Federal Open Market Committee’s commitment to keep rates exceptionally low for an extended period and the resulting flatter yield curve (i.e., longer term interest rates not significantly higher than short term rates) could negatively affect the Bank’s net interest margin as lower deposit rates may not offset lower earning asset yields. Should the existing rate environment hold for future quarters, the Company could experience continued pressure on net interest margin.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, tax-equivalent net interest income increased $5.0 million, or 3.2%, when compared to last year. The tax-equivalent net interest margin increased 1 basis point to 4.57% from 4.56% in the prior year. The change in the net interest margin was a result of improvement in the cost of funds primarily related to declining rates on certificates of deposit and money market accounts, partially offset by declining yields on loans and loans held for sale, and aided by the increase in interest-earning assets resulting from the acquisition of FMB in the first quarter of 2010 and the acquisition of the Harrisonburg branch in the second quarter of 2011.

The following table shows the volume, interest income and expense and related yields and costs of the Company’s interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year-over-year results
Dollars in thousands
Year Ended
 
     12/31/11     12/31/10     Change  

Average interest-earning assets

   $ 3,518,643      $ 3,412,495      $ 106,148   

Interest income

   $ 193,399      $ 193,904      $ (505

Yield on interest-earning assets

     5.50     5.68     (18 ) bps 

Average interest-bearing liabilities

   $ 2,875,242      $ 2,838,200      $ 37,042   

Interest expense

   $ 32,713      $ 38,245      $ (5,532

Cost of interest-bearing liabilities

     1.14     1.35     (21 ) bps 

Acquisition Activity

The favorable impact of acquisition accounting fair value adjustments on net interest income was $7.0 million ($6.2 million – FMB; $748,000 – Harrisonburg branch) for the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively. If not for this favorable impact, the net interest margin for 2011 would have been 4.37%, compared to 4.24% for 2010.

The Harrisonburg branch

The acquired loan portfolio of the Harrisonburg branch was marked-to-market with a fair value discount to market rates. Performing loan discount accretion is recognized as interest income over the estimated remaining life of the loans. The Company also assumed certificates of deposit at a premium to market. These were marked-to-market with estimates of fair value on the acquisition date. The resulting premium to market is amortized as a decrease to interest expense over the estimated lives of the certificates of deposit.

 

26


Table of Contents

FMB

The acquired loan and investment security portfolios of FMB were marked-to-market with a fair value discount to market rates. Performing loan and investment security discount accretion is recognized as interest income over the estimated remaining life of the loans and investment securities. The Company also assumed borrowings (Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) and subordinated debt) and certificates of deposit. These liabilities were marked-to-market with estimates of fair value on acquisition date. The resulting discount/premium to market is accreted/amortized as an increase/decrease to net interest income over the estimated lives of the liabilities. Additional credit quality deterioration above the original credit mark is recorded as additional provisions for loan losses.

The fourth quarter, year-to-date, and remaining estimated discount/premium are reflected in the following table as they impact net interest income (dollars in thousands):

 

     Harrisonburg Branch      First Market Bank  
     Loan
Accretion
     Certificates
of Deposit
     Loan
Accretion
     Investment
Securities
     Borrowings     Certificates
of Deposit
 

For the quarter ended December 31, 2011

   $ 239       $ 35       $ 1,146       $ 93       $ (122   $ 140   

For the year ended December 31, 2011

     625         123         5,571         387         (489     763   

For the years ending:

                

2012

     589         11         3,624         201         (489     222   

2013

     148         7         2,377         15         (489     —     

2014

     37         4         1,478         —           (489     —     

2015

     26         —           570         —           (489     —     

2016

     27         —           28         —           (163     —     

Thereafter

     143         —           —           —           —          —     

Acquisition Activity – Other Operating Expenses

Acquisition related expenses associated with the acquisition of the Harrisonburg branch were $426,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 and are recorded in “Other operating expenses” in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income. Such costs principally included system conversion and operations integration charges that have been expensed as incurred. There were no acquisition related expenses related to the Harrisonburg branch in 2010 or in the third and fourth quarters of 2011. The Company expects no further expenses related to the Harrisonburg branch acquisition.

 

27


Table of Contents

The following table shows interest income on earning assets and related average yields, as well as interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and related average rates paid for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  
     Average
Balance
    Interest
Income /
Expense
     Yield /
Rate (1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income /
Expense
     Yield /
Rate (1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income /
Expense
     Yield /
Rate (1)
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Assets:

                     

Securities:

                     

Taxable

   $ 427,443      $ 13,387         3.13   $ 407,975      $ 13,958         3.42   $ 261,078      $ 10,606         4.06

Tax-exempt

     167,818        10,897         6.49     142,099        9,569         6.73     118,676        8,506         7.17
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total securities (2)

     595,261        24,284         4.08     550,074        23,527         4.28     379,754        19,112         5.03

Loans, net (3) (4)

     2,818,022        166,869         5.92     2,750,756        167,615         6.09     1,873,606        111,139         5.93

Loans held for sale

     53,463        2,122         3.97     68,414        2,671         3.90     46,454        1,931         4.16

Federal funds sold

     351        1         0.24     12,910        17         0.13     313        1         0.20

Money market investments

     96        —           0.00     171        —           0.00     135        —           0.00

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

     51,450        123         0.24     29,444        74         0.25     50,994        135         0.26

Other interest-bearing deposits

     —          —           0.00     726        —           0.00     2,598        —           0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total earning assets

     3,518,643        193,399         5.50     3,412,495        193,904         5.68     2,353,854        132,318         5.62
    

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

    

Allowance for loan losses

     (40,105          (34,539          (29,553     

Total non-earning assets

     383,090             374,613             254,507        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 3,861,628           $ 3,752,569           $ 2,578,808        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

                     

Interest-bearing deposits:

                     

Checking

   $ 385,715        621         0.16   $ 345,927      $ 765         0.22   $ 201,520        314         0.16

Money market savings

     849,676        5,430         0.64     724,802        6,422         0.89     429,501        7,905         1.84

Regular savings

     172,627        638         0.37     151,169        560         0.37     99,914        384         0.38

Certificates of deposit: (5)

                     

$100,000 and over

     573,276        9,045         1.58     639,406        12,000         1.88     456,644        15,063         3.30

Under $100,000

     604,172        8,613         1.43     645,110        10,995         1.70     492,186        15,786         3.21
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing deposits

     2,585,466        24,347         0.94     2,506,414        30,742         1.23     1,679,765        39,452         2.35

Other borrowings (6)

     289,776        8,366         2.89     331,786        7,503         2.26     300,739        9,320         3.10
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     2,875,242        32,713         1.14     2,838,200        38,245         1.35     1,980,504        48,772         2.46
    

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

    

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

                     

Demand deposits

     513,352             468,631             289,769        

Other liabilities

     31,994             29,161             20,292        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities

     3,420,588             3,335,992             2,290,565        

Stockholders’ equity

     441,040             416,577             288,243        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,861,628           $ 3,752,569           $ 2,578,808        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net interest income

     $ 160,686           $ 155,659           $ 83,546      
    

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

    

Interest rate spread (7)

          4.36          4.33          3.16

Interest expense as a percent of average earning assets

          0.93          1.12          2.07

Net interest margin

          4.57          4.56          3.55

 

(1) Rates and yields are annualized and calculated from actual, not rounded amounts in thousands, which appear above.
(2) Interest income on securities includes $387 thousand in accretion of the fair market value adjustments related to the acquisition of FMB.
(3) Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans outstanding.
(4) Interest income on loans includes $5.6 million in accretion of the fair market value adjustments related to the acquisition of FMB and $625 thousand related to the Harrisonburg branch.
(5) Interest expense on certificates of deposits includes $763 thousand in accretion of the fair market value adjustments related to the acquisition of FMB and $123 thousand related to the Harrisonburg branch.
(6) Interest expense on borrowings includes $489 thousand in amortization of the fair market value adjustments related to the acquisition of FMB.
(7) Income and yields are reported on a taxable equivalent basis using the statutory federal corporate tax rate of 35%.

 

28


Table of Contents

The Volume Rate Analysis table presents changes in interest income and interest expense and distinguishes between the changes related to increases or decreases in average outstanding balances of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities (volume), and the changes related to increases or decreases in average interest rates on such assets and liabilities (rate). Changes attributable to both volume and rate have been allocated proportionally. Results, on a taxable equivalent basis, are as follows in this Volume Rate Analysis table for the years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

     2011 vs. 2010 Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in:
    2010 vs. 2009 Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in:
 
     Volume     Rate     Total     Volume     Rate     Total  

Earning Assets:

            

Securities:

            

Taxable

   $ 646      $ (1,217   $ (571   $ 5,228      $ (1,876   $ 3,352   

Tax-exempt

     1,679        (351     1,328        1,604        (541     1,063   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities

     2,325        (1,568     757        6,832        (2,417     4,415   

Loans, net

     4,018        (4,764     (746     53,402        3,074        56,476   

Loans held for sale

     (596     47        (549     867        (127     740   

Federal funds sold

     (23     7        (16     16        —          16   

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

     52        (3     49        (57     (4     (61
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total earning assets

   $ 5,776      $ (6,281   $ (505   $ 61,060      $ 526      $ 61,586   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-Bearing Liabilities:

            

Interest-bearing deposits:

            

Checking

   $ 80      $ (224   $ (144   $ 301      $ 150      $ 451   

Money market savings

     999        (1,991     (992     3,831        (5,314     (1,483

Regular savings

     78        —          78        186        (10     176   

Certificates of deposit:

            

$100,000 and over

     (1,162     (1,793     (2,955     4,765        (7,828     (3,063

Under $100,000

     (682     (1,700     (2,382     4,031        (8,822     (4,791
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     (687     (5,708     (6,395     13,114        (21,824     (8,710

Other borrowings

     (1,037     1,900        863        898        (2,715     (1,817
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     (1,724     (3,808     (5,532     14,012        (24,539     (10,527
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 7,500      $ (2,473   $ 5,027      $ 47,048      $ 25,065      $ 72,113   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Sensitivity

An important element of earnings performance and the maintenance of sufficient liquidity is proper management of the interest sensitivity gap and liquidity gap. The interest sensitivity gap is the difference between interest-sensitive assets and interest-sensitive liabilities in a specific time interval. This gap can be managed by repricing assets or liabilities, which are variable rate instruments, by replacing an asset or liability at maturity or by adjusting the interest rate during the life of the asset or liability. Matching the amounts of assets and liabilities maturing in the same time interval helps to hedge interest rate risk and to minimize the impact of rising or falling interest rates on net interest income.

The Company determines the overall magnitude of interest sensitivity risk and then formulates policies and practices governing asset generation and pricing, funding sources and pricing, and off-balance sheet commitments. These decisions are based on management’s expectations regarding future interest rate movements, the states of the national, regional and local economies, and other financial and business risk factors. The Company uses computer simulation modeling to measure and monitor the effect of various interest rate scenarios and business strategies on net interest income. This modeling reflects interest rate changes and the related impact on net interest income and net income over specified time horizons.

At December 31, 2011, the Company was in an asset-sensitive position. Management’s earnings simulation model indicates net interest income will increase as rates increase and decrease when rates decrease. An asset-sensitive company generally will be impacted favorably by increasing interest rates while a liability-sensitive company’s net interest margin and net interest income generally will be impacted favorably by declining interest rates.

 

29


Table of Contents

Earnings Simulation Analysis

Management uses simulation analysis to measure the sensitivity of net interest income to changes in interest rates. The model calculates an earnings estimate based on current and projected balances and rates. This method is subject to the accuracy of the assumptions that underlie the process, but it provides a better analysis of the sensitivity of earnings to changes in interest rates than other analyses, such as the static gap analysis discussed above.

Assumptions used in the model are derived from historical trends and management’s outlook and include loan and deposit growth rates and projected yields and rates. Such assumptions are monitored by management and periodically adjusted as appropriate. All maturities, calls and prepayments in the securities portfolio are assumed to be reinvested in like instruments. Mortgage loans and mortgage backed securities prepayment assumptions are based on industry estimates of prepayment speeds for portfolios with similar coupon ranges and seasoning. Different interest rate scenarios and yield curves are used to measure the sensitivity of earnings to changing interest rates. Interest rates on different asset and liability accounts move differently when the prime rate changes and are reflected in the different rate scenarios.

The Company uses its simulation model to estimate earnings in rate environments where rates are instantaneously shocked up or down around a “most likely” rate scenario, based on implied forward rates. The Company previously evaluated change to net interest income by gradually ramping rates up or down over a 12 month period. The Company now views the immediate shock of rates as a more effective measure of interest rate risk exposure. The analysis assesses the impact on net interest income over a 12 month time horizon after an immediate increase or “shock” in rates, of 100 basis points up to 300 basis points. The shock down 200 or 300 basis points analysis is not as meaningful as interest rates across most of the yield curve are at historic lows and cannot decrease another 200 or 300 basis points. The model, under all scenarios, does not drop the index below zero.

The following table represents the interest rate sensitivity on net interest income for the Company across the rate paths modeled for balances ended December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Change In Net Interest Income  
     %     $  

Change in Yield Curve:

    

+300 basis points

     4.01   $ 6,250   

+200 basis points

     2.68        4,176   

+100 basis points

     1.24        1,932   

Most likely rate scenario

     0.00        —     

-100 basis points

     (1.05     (1,645

-200 basis points

     (1.71     (2,671

-300 basis points

     (1.83     (2,847

Economic Value Simulation

Economic value simulation is used to calculate the estimated fair value of assets and liabilities over different interest rate environments. Economic values are calculated based on discounted cash flow analysis. The net economic value of equity is the economic value of all assets minus the economic value of all liabilities. The change in net economic value over different rate environments is an indication of the longer-term earnings capability of the balance sheet. The same assumptions are used in the economic value simulation as in the earnings simulation. The economic value simulation uses instantaneous rate shocks to the balance sheet.

 

30


Table of Contents

The following chart reflects the estimated change in net economic value over different rate environments using economic value simulation for the balances at the period ended December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Change In Economic Value Of Equity  
     %     $  

Change in Yield Curve:

    

+300 basis points

     (3.73 )%    $ (19,212

+200 basis points

     (0.51     (2,608

+100 basis points

     0.80        4,119   

Most likely rate scenario

     0.00        —     

-100 basis points

     (6.45     (33,196

-200 basis points

     (10.72     (55,167

-300 basis points

     (10.66     (54,865

The shock down 200 or 300 basis points analysis is not as meaningful since interest rates across most of the yield curve are at historic lows and cannot decrease another 200 or 300 basis points. While management considers this scenario highly unlikely, the natural floor increases the Company’s sensitivity in rates down scenarios.

Noninterest Income

For the year ended December 31, 2011, noninterest income decreased $3.5 million, or 7.4%, to $43.8 million from $47.3 million in 2010. Gains on sales of bank premises declined $1.4 million. Of this amount, the Company recorded a current year loss on disposal of $351,000 of bank owned property and a current year loss on sale of $626,000 of a branch building, and a prior year gain on sale of an investment property of $448,000. Gains on sales of other real estate owned (“OREO”) declined $1.3 million primarily related to current year losses on sales of property. Gains on sales of mortgage loans decreased $2.3 million driven by lower origination volume in the mortgage company. Also during the year, the Company incurred a credit related other than temporary impaired (“OTTI”) loss of $400,000, which was recognized in earnings. Account service charges and other fees increased $1.2 million. Other charges and fees increased $1.4 million, primarily related to an increase in debit card fees of $763,000, ATM fees of $463,000, and brokerage commissions of $273,000, offset by a decline in account service charges of $279,000, largely related to overdraft fee volume. Also during the year, the Company recorded gains on sales of securities of $913,000.

 

     For the year ended  
     12/31/11     12/31/10      $     %  

Noninterest income:

         

Service charges on deposit accounts

   $ 8,826      $ 9,105       $ (279     (3.1

Other service charges, commissions and fees

     12,825        11,395         1,430        12.5   

Gains on securities transactions, net

     913        58         855        1,474.1   

Other-than-temporary impairment losses

     (400     —           (400     —     

Gains on sales of loans

     19,840        22,151         (2,311     (10.4

Gains (losses) on sales of other real estate owned and bank premises, net

     (2,060     628         (2,688     (428.0

Other operating income

     3,833        3,961         (128     (3.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   $ 43,777      $ 47,298       $ (3,521     (7.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

For the year ended December 31, 2010, noninterest income increased $14.3 million, or 43.5%, to $47.3 million from $33.0 million in 2009, and reflects the FMB acquisition for eleven months since the acquisition date. Other service charges and fees increased $5.4 million, primarily related to increases in debit card income, ATM income, and brokerage commissions and letter of credit fees. Mortgage

 

31


Table of Contents

originations increased $105.0 million from $703.7 million to $808.7 million, or 14.9%, over 2009, as gains on the sale of loans increased $5.5 million, or 33.0%. Gains on the sale of loans were driven by increased originations in addition to the contribution of newer branches originating loans at favorable margins, adjustments to loan fee and pricing policies and volume related revenue incentives. Other operating income increased $2.0 million which was related to revenue from the acquired FMB trust operations and bank owned life insurance investment income. Account service charges increased $853,000 from overdraft and returned check charges and fees on commercial and savings accounts. During the 2010, the Company recorded non-recurring gains on sales of OREO of $628,000.

Beginning in the third quarter of 2010, a new rule (i.e., updating Regulation E) issued by the Federal Reserve prohibited financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on ATM and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those types of transactions. Consumers must be provided a notice that explains the financial institution’s overdraft services, including the fees associated with the service, and the consumer’s choices. Although the Company experienced lower fee volume in 2011 as a result of Regulation E, exposure was minimal and in line with the Company’s expectations. The Company does not believe Regulation E will have additional impact in the future but cannot provide any definitive assurance as to the amount of overdraft/insufficient funds charges reported in future periods as a result of the rule.

Noninterest Expense

For the year ended December 31, 2011, noninterest expense decreased $1.4 million, or 1.0%, to $141.6 million, from $143.0 million in 2010. Other operating expenses decreased $5.1 million, or 9.0%. Included in the reduction of other operating expenses were prior year costs associated with the acquisitions and mergers of $8.7 million during 2010 compared to $426,000 in 2011, lower amortization on the acquired deposit portfolio of $1.1 million, and lower FDIC assessment expense of $340,000 due to the lower assessment base and rate. Increases in current year other operating expenses included valuation adjustments and higher costs to maintain the Company’s portfolio of OREO of $1.6 million, higher franchises taxes of $1.2 million levied to include all of the former FMB branches, and higher communication expenses of $1.0 million related to additional branch locations, increased online banking, customer activity and implementation of mobile banking. Salary and benefits expense increased $3.7 million, primarily related to additional personnel, offset by lower origination volume related commission expense in the mortgage segment. Excluding mortgage segment operations and current and prior year acquisition costs, noninterest expense increased $8.4 million, or 7.3%, from 2010 to 2011.

 

     For the year ended  
     12/31/11     12/31/10     $     %  

Noninterest expense:

        

Salaries and benefits

   $ 71,652      $ 67,913      $ 3,739        5.5   

Occupancy expenses

     11,104        11,417        (313     (2.7

Furniture and equipment expenses

     6,920        6,594        326        4.9   

Other operating expenses

     51,952        57,077        (5,125     (9.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   $ 141,628      $ 143,001      $ (1,373     (1.0

Mortgage segment operations

   $ (18,581   $ (19,360   $ 779        31.2   

Acquisition and conversion costs

     (426     (8,715     8,289        32.8   

Other non-recurring costs

     —          (708     708        —     

Intercompany eliminations

     468        469        (1     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 123,089      $ 114,687      $ 8,402        7.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

For the year ended December 31, 2010, noninterest expense increased $57.7 million, or 67.7%, to $143.0 million from $85.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and reflects the FMB acquisition for the eleven months since acquisition date. Other operating expenses increased $26.7 million. This increase included increases in acquisition costs of $7.9 million, increases in amortization of acquired deposit

 

32


Table of Contents

intangible assets of $5.7 million, increases in marketing and advertising expenses of $2.9 million related to multi-media brand awareness campaigns and Loyalty Banking® premiums for Union First Market Bank, and increases in communications expenses of $3.0 million. Data processing fees increased $2.0 million principally as a result of increases in acquired loans and deposits volumes. Additional other increases of $1.5 million related to ATM, bank card and overdraft losses. Professional fees increased $1.0 million primarily as a result of higher legal fees for continuing problem loan work outs and foreclosure activity. Due to maintenance of the Company’s portfolio of OREO and collection efforts on problem loans, loan expenses increased $1.4 million. Salaries and benefits expense increased $24.6 million primarily due to higher salaries expense of $17.2 million related to additional personnel from the FMB acquisition, higher profit sharing expense of $3.0 million from improved profitability, higher group insurance costs of $1.9 million from higher current year premiums, and additional personnel. Commissions in the mortgage segment increased $2.5 million, or 31.2%, as a result of increased originations. Occupancy costs increased $4.4 million and primarily related to additional rental expense and operations of acquired branches. Furniture and equipment expense increased $2.0 million resulting from higher depreciation and amortization expense related to acquired fixed assets and maintenance and equipment service contracts.

Total costs associated with the acquisition of FMB were $7.9 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Costs included legal and accounting fees, lease and contract termination expenses, system conversion, operations integration, and employee severances, which were expensed as incurred. The costs are reported as a component of “Other operating expenses” within the Company’s “Consolidated Statements of Income.” Total acquisition costs incurred from the date the Company announced the acquisition of FMB in 2009 through December 31, 2010 were $9.4 million, $1.4 million below the initial estimate of $10.8 million. Other nonrecurring costs of $843,000 were incurred relating to merging two affiliate banks, Rappahannock National Bank and Northern Neck State Bank, into Union First Market Bank. The consolidation was completed on October 12, 2010 and no additional costs were incurred.

SEGMENT INFORMATION

Community Bank Segment

2011 compared to 2010

For the year ended December 31, 2011, net income for the community bank segment increased $9.0 million, or 45.7%, to $28.8 million compared to $19.8 million at December 31, 2010, principally a result of favorable net interest income and the absence of nonrecurring prior year acquisition costs. These improvements were partially offset by losses on sales of OREO and bank premises. All comparative results to the prior year exclude FMB results for the month of January 2010. Net interest income increased $5.7 million, or 3.8%, driven by declining costs on interest bearing liabilities, primarily certificates of deposit. The tax-equivalent net interest margin increased 1 basis point to 4.57% from 4.55% in the prior year. The change in the net interest margin was a result of improvement in the cost of funds primarily related to declining rates on certificates of deposit and money market accounts, partially offset by yields on loans and loans held for sale and aided by the increase in interest-earning assets due to the acquisition of FMB in the first quarter of 2010 and the acquisition of the Harrisonburg branch in the second quarter of 2011. Provision for loan loss decreased $7.6 million due to continued improvement in asset quality. Net interest income after provision for loan loss increased $13.3 million or 10.6%.

Noninterest income decreased $1.2 million, or 4.7%, to $24.4 million from $25.6 million in 2010. Gains on sales of bank owned property declined $1.4 million. Of this amount, the Company recorded a current year loss on disposal of bank owned property of $351,000 and a current year loss on sale of a branch building of $626,000, and a prior year gain on sale of an investment property of $448,000. Gains on sales of OREO declined $1.3 million primarily related to current year losses on sales of property. Also during the year, the Company incurred a credit-related, OTTI loss of $400,000, which was recognized in earnings. Account service charges and other fees increased $1.2 million. Of this amount, other charges

 

33


Table of Contents

and fees increased $1.4 million, primarily related to an increase in debit card fees of $763,000, ATM fees of $463,000, and brokerage commissions of $273,000, offset by a decline in account service charges of $279,000, largely related overdraft fee volume. Also during the year, the Company recorded gains on sales of securities of $913,000.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, noninterest expense decreased $595,000, or 0.5%, to $123.5 million, from $124.1 million a year ago. Other operating expenses decreased $5.4 million, or 9.9%. Included in the reduction of other operating expenses were prior year costs associated with the acquisition and merger of $8.7 million during 2010 compared to $426,000 in 2011, lower amortization on the acquired deposit portfolio of $1.1 million, and lower FDIC assessment expense of $340,000 due to the lower assessment base and rate. Increases in current year other operating expenses included valuation adjustments and higher costs to maintain the Company’s portfolio of OREO of $1.3 million, higher franchises taxes of $1.2 million levied to include all of the former FMB branches, higher communication expenses related to increased online customer activity and additional branch locations of $930,000, higher marketing and advertising costs of $444,000 primarily related to customer loyalty rewards programs, and higher professional fees related to continuing collection activity and problem loan workouts of $413,000, Salary and benefits expense increased $5.0 million, primarily related to additional personnel. Furniture and equipment expenses increased $274,000, primarily related to additional equipment, supplies and related maintenance contracts, and additional depreciation on acquired equipment. Occupancy costs decreased $391,000 primarily related to lower custodial costs.

2010 compared to 2009

For the year ended December 31, 2010, net income for the community banking segment increased approximately $13.9 million, or 234.3%, to $19.8 million compared to $5.9 million at December 31, 2009, largely attributable to the addition of FMB and improvement in the net interest margin, partially offset by nonrecurring acquisition costs. Net interest income increased $71.0 million, or 90.7%. This improvement was principally attributable to a decline in cost of interest-bearing liabilities and increased interest-earning assets related to the acquisition of FMB. The tax-equivalent net interest margin increased 100 basis points to 4.55 % from 3.55% in the prior year. The improvement in the cost of funds was principally a result of declining costs on certificates of deposit and money market accounts, fair value adjustments from acquisition accounting and lower costs related to FHLB borrowings. Provision for loan loss increased $6.1 million during 2010. Net interest income after the provision for loan losses increased $64.9 million, or 108.1%.

Noninterest income increased $9.0 million, or 53.8%, to $25.6 million from $16.6 million in the same period in 2009, and reflects the FMB acquisition for eleven months since the acquisition date. Other service charges and fees increased $5.4 million, primarily related to increases in debit and ATM card income, brokerage commissions and letter of credit fees. Other operating income increased $2.2 million and related to revenue from the acquired FMB trust operations and bank owned life insurance investment income. Account service charges increased $821,000 from overdraft and returned check charges and fees on commercial and deposit accounts. During the year, the Company recorded non-recurring gains on sales of OREO of $628,000.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, noninterest expense increased $52.9 million, or 74.3%, to $124.1 million from $71.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and reflects the FMB acquisition for the eleven months since acquisition date. Other operating expenses increased $26.1 million. This increase included increases in acquisition costs of $7.4 million, increases in amortization of acquired deposit intangible assets of $5.7 million, increases in marketing and advertising expenses of $2.9 million related to Loyalty Banking® premiums and multi-media brand awareness campaigns for Union First Market Bank, and increases in communications expenses of $2.8 million. Data processing fees increased $2.0 million principally as a result of increases in acquired loans and deposits volumes. Additional other increases of $1.4 million related to ATM, bank card and overdraft losses. Professional fees increased $947,000 primarily as a result of higher legal fees for continuing problem loan work outs and foreclosure activity. Due to maintenance of the Company’s portfolio of other real estate owned and collection efforts on problem loans, these types of expenses increased $1.1 million.

 

34


Table of Contents

Salaries and benefits expense increased $20.7 million primarily due to higher salaries expense of $14.0 million related principally to additional personnel from the FMB acquisition, higher profit sharing expense of $2.8 million from improved profitability, higher group insurance costs of $1.7 million from higher 2010 premiums and additional personnel. Occupancy costs increased $4.1 million primarily related to additional rental expense and operations of acquired branches. Furniture and equipment expense increased $1.9 million resulting from higher depreciation and amortization expense related to acquired fixed assets and maintenance and equipment service contracts.

Mortgage Segment

2011 compared to 2010

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the mortgage segment net income decreased $1.5 million, or 48.5%, to $1.6 million from $3.1 million during the same period in 2010. Originations decreased by $149.3 million from $808.7 million to $659.4 million, or 18.5%, compared to 2010 due to declines in residential mortgage activity and an evolving regulatory environment, which increased demands on production. Gains on the sale of loans decreased $2.3 million, or 10.5%, driven largely by the decline in origination volume. Refinanced loans represented 37.4% of originations during the year compared to 43.1% for 2010. Net interest income declined $907,000, or 40.8%, from the prior year as a result of an increase to the warehouse line of credit borrowing rate by the Bank. This impact was eliminated in consolidation. Salary and benefit expenses decreased $1.2 million primarily due to lower commission expense on decreased origination volume, partially offset by higher salaries expense required to meet evolving regulatory, compliance, and production demands. Other operating expenses increased $322,000, or 12.5%, primarily related to increased costs associated with the processing, underwriting, and compliance components of origination.

In early 2012, the Company hired approximately 28 loan originators in four of its existing mortgage offices and three offices in new markets. These originators were formerly employed by a national mortgage company that announced in November 2011 it was exiting the mortgage origination business. While the timing and volume of the loan production which may result from the addition of these producers is unknown, management anticipates mortgage loan production from these originators of as much as $175 million.

2010 compared to 2009

For the year ended December 31, 2010, the mortgage segment net income increased $688,000, or 28.2%, to $3.1 million from $2.4 million in 2009. Originations increased $104.9 million from $703.7 million to $808.7 million, or 14.9%, compared to 2009, as gains on the sale of loans increased $5.5 million, or 33.1%. Gains on the sale of loans were driven by increased originations in addition to the contribution of newer branches originating loans at favorable margins, adjustments to loan fee and pricing policies and volume related revenue incentives. Noninterest expenses increased $5.0 million. Of this amount, salaries and benefits increased $3.8 million primarily related to increased commissions generated by loan originations as well as costs associated with additional branch office and corporate support personnel required to support production growth. Other operating expenses increased $756,000 principally due to origination related increased underwriting costs and loan expenses, investments in technology and additions to the branch office network.

BALANCE SHEET

Balance Sheet Overview

At December 31, 2011, total cash and cash equivalents were $96.7 million, a decrease of $53.1 million from September 30, 2011, and an increase of $35.5 million from December 31, 2010. During the fourth quarter, the Company paid the Treasury $35.7 million to redeem the Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Treasury which was assumed in the FMB acquisition and increased investment in securities $34.3 million. At December 31, 2011, net loans were $2.8 billion, a decrease of $2.8 million, virtually unchanged from 2010. Net loans decreased $19.7 million, or 0.7%, from December 31, 2010. Mortgage loans held for sale was $74.8 million, almost unchanged from $74.9 million at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, total assets were $3.9 billion, an increase of $69.8 million from $3.8 billion at December 31, 2010.

 

35


Table of Contents

Total deposits grew $105.0 million, or 3.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2011, and grew $40.2 million, or 1.3%, during the fourth quarter. Of this amount, interest bearing deposits increased $48.4 million compared to the third quarter driven by higher volumes in money market and NOW accounts partially offset by runoff in certificates of deposit under $100,000. Similarly, interest bearing deposits increased $55.4 million from December 31, 2010, as money market and NOW account balance increases were partially offset by runoff in certificates of deposit. Total borrowings, including repurchase agreements, decreased $7.3 million on a linked quarter basis and decreased $29.5 million from December 31, 2010 as the Company reduced reliance on short-term sources of funds.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company received approval from the Treasury and its regulators to redeem the Preferred Stock issued to the Treasury and assumed by the Company as part of the 2010 acquisition of FMB. On December 7, 2011, the Company paid approximately $35.7 million to the Treasury in full redemption of the Preferred Stock. The repayment will allow the Company to retain capital of approximately $1.8 million annually that had been previously paid to the Treasury in a dividend on the preferred shares redeemed.

The Company’s management remains focused on maintaining adequate levels of liquidity and capital at all times and believes sound risk management practices in underwriting and lending will enable it to successfully weather continued economic uncertainty in the marketplace.

Securities Available for Sale

At December 31, 2011, the Company had securities available for sale, at fair value, in the amount of $640.8 million, or 16.4% of total assets, as compared to $572.4 million, or 14.9%, of total assets at December 31, 2010. The Company seeks to diversify its portfolio to minimize risk. It focuses on purchasing mortgage-backed securities for cash flow and reinvestment opportunities and securities issued by states and political subdivisions due to the tax benefits and the higher yield offered from these securities. All of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities are investment grade. The investment portfolio has a high percentage of municipals and mortgage-backed securities; therefore a higher taxable equivalent yield exists on the portfolio compared to its peers. The Company does not engage in structured derivative or hedging activities within the investment portfolio.

The following table sets forth a summary of the securities available for sale, at fair value as of December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

     2011      2010      2009  

U.S. government and agency securities

   $ 4,284       $ 9,961       $ 5,763   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     200,207         175,032         124,126   

Corporate and other bonds

     12,240         15,065         15,799   

Mortgage-backed securities

     400,318         344,038         236,005   

Federal Reserve Bank stock

     6,714         6,716         3,683   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     13,947         18,345         14,958   

Other securities

     3,117         3,284         257   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale, at fair value

   $ 640,827       $ 572,441       $ 400,591   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During each quarter and at year end, the Company conducts an assessment of the securities portfolio for OTTI consideration. The Company determined that a single issuer Trust Preferred security incurred credit-related OTTI of $400,000 during the year ended December 31, 2011. No OTTI was recognized in 2010 or 2009. The Company monitors the portfolio, which is subject to liquidity needs, market rate changes and credit risk changes, to see if adjustments are needed. The primary cause of temporary impairments was the increase in spreads over comparable Treasury bonds.

Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

36


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the contractual maturity of securities available for sale, at fair value and their weighted average yields as of December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     1 Year or
Less
    1 - 5 Years     5 - 10 Years     Over 10
Years and
Equity
Securities
    Total  

U.S. government and agency securities:

          

Amortized cost

   $ —        $ 3,873      $ —        $ 60      $ 3,933   

Fair value

     —          4,094        —          190        4,284   

Weighted average yield (1)

     —          2.81     —          —          2.81

Mortgage backed securities:

          

Amortized cost

   $ 816      $ 6,568      $ 40,791      $ 342,155      $ 390,330   

Fair value

     828        6,847        42,900        349,743        400,318   

Weighted average yield (1)

     4.60     3.99     3.92     3.23     3.32

Obligations of states and political subdivisions:

          

Amortized cost

   $ 4,730      $ 6,813      $ 34,427      $ 143,148      $ 189,118   

Fair value

     4,767        7,073        36,468        151,900        200,208   

Weighted average yield (1)

     4.92     4.48     4.49     4.11     4.21

Other securities:

          

Amortized cost

   $ 500      $ 1,517      $ 826      $ 33,700      $ 36,543   

Fair value

     503        1,393        847        33,273        36,016   

Weighted average yield (1)

     5.05     5.35     4.67     5.18     5.18

Total securities available for sale:

          

Amortized cost

   $ 6,046      $ 18,771      $ 76,044      $ 519,063      $ 619,924   

Fair value

     6,098        19,407        80,215        535,106        640,827   

Weighted average yield (1)

     4.88     4.04     4.18     3.60     3.70

 

(1) Yields on tax-exempt securities have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company maintained a diversified municipal bond portfolio with approximately 75% of its holdings in general obligation issues and the remainder backed by revenue bonds. Issuances within the Commonwealth of Virginia represented 12% and the State of Texas represented 25% of the municipal portfolio. No other state had a concentration above 10%. Approximately 87% of municipal holdings are considered investment grade by Moody’s or Standard & Poor. The non-investment grade securities are principally insured Texas municipalities with no underlying rating. When purchasing municipal securities, the Company focuses on strong underlying ratings for general obligation issuers or bonds backed by essential service revenues.

Loan Portfolio

Loans, net of unearned income were $2.8 billion at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. Loans secured by real estate continue to represent the Company’s largest category, comprising 84.2% of the total loan portfolio.

The following table presents the composition of the Company’s loans, net of unearned income, and as a percentage of the Company’s total gross loans as of December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

37


Table of Contents

 

    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Mortgage loans on real estate:

                   

Residential 1-4 family

  $ 447,544        15.9   $ 431,614        15.2   $ 349,277        18.6   $ 292,003        15.6   $ 281,847        16.1

Commercial

    985,934        34.9     924,548        32.6     596,773        31.8     550,680        29.4     500,118        28.6

Construction, land development and other land loans

    444,739        15.8     489,601        17.3     307,726        16.4     403,502        21.5     396,928        22.7

Second mortgages

    55,630        2.0     64,534        2.3     34,942        1.9     38,060        2.0     37,875        2.2

Equity lines of credit

    304,320        10.8     305,741        10.8     182,449        9.7     162,740        8.7     128,897        7.4

Multifamily

    108,260        3.8     91,397        3.2     46,581        2.5     37,321        2.0     32,970        1.9

Farm land

    26,962        1.0     26,787        0.9     26,191        1.4     30,727        1.6     18,958        1.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate loans

    2,373,389        84.2     2,334,222        82.3     1,543,939        82.4     1,515,033        80.8     1,397,593        80.0

Commercial Loans

    169,695        6.0     180,840        6.4     126,157        6.7     146,827        7.8     136,317        7.8

Consumer installment loans

                   

Personal

    241,753        8.6     277,184        9.8     148,811        7.9     160,161        8.5     173,650        9.9

Credit cards

    19,006        0.7     19,308        0.6     17,743        0.9     15,723        0.8     13,108        0.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer installment loans

    260,759        9.3     296,492        10.4     166,554        8.8     175,884        9.3     186,758        10.6

All other loans

    14,740        0.5     25,699        0.9     37,574        2.0     36,344        1.9     27,152        1.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross loans

    2,818,583        100.0     2,837,253        100.0     1,874,224        100.0     1,874,088        100.0     1,747,820        100.0
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

The following table presents the remaining maturities and type of rate (variable or fixed) on commercial and real estate constructions loans as of December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

                   Variable Rate      Fixed Rate  
     Total
Maturities
     Less than
1 year
     Total      1-5 years      More than
5 years
     Total      1-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Construction, land development and other land loans

   $ 444,739       $ 334,921       $ 2,261       $ 2,238       $ 23       $ 107,557       $ 102,420       $ 5,137   

Commercial

   $ 169,695       $ 84,661       $ 2,893       $ 2,893       $ —         $ 82,141       $ 65,884       $ 16,257   

While the current economic environment is challenging, the Company remains committed to originating soundly underwritten loans to qualifying borrowers within its markets. The Company is focused on providing community-based financial services and discourages the origination of portfolio loans outside of its principal trade areas. To manage the growth of the real estate loans in the loan portfolio, facilitate asset/liability management and generate additional fee income, the Company sells a portion of conforming first mortgage residential real estate loans to the secondary market as they are originated. Union Mortgage serves as a mortgage brokerage operation, selling the majority of its loan production in the secondary market or selling loans to meet Union First Market Bank’s current asset/liability management needs. This venture has provided Union First Market Bank’s customers with enhanced mortgage products and the Company with improved efficiencies through the consolidation of this function.

Asset Quality

Overview

The Company experienced substantial improvement in asset quality during 2011. The reduction in levels of nonperforming loans and OREO was favorable even though current economic conditions did not improve materially. While future economic conditions remain uncertain, the Company’s downward trends in levels of past due and nonaccrual loans, improved allowance to nonperforming loans coverage ratio, and continued lower levels of provisions for loan losses demonstrate that its dedicated efforts to improve asset quality are having a positive impact. The magnitude of any change in the real estate market and its impact on the Company is still largely dependent upon continued recovery of commercial real estate and residential housing, and the pace at which the local economies in the Company’s operating markets recover.

The Company’s continued proactive efforts to effectively manage its loan portfolio as well as strategic decisions to reduce levels of OREO have contributed to the improvement in asset quality. Efforts include identifying existing problem credits as well as generating new business relationships. Through early identification and diligent monitoring of specific problem credits where the uncertainty has been realized, or conversely, has been reduced or eliminated, the Company’s management has been able to quantify the credit risk in its loan portfolio, adjust collateral dependent credits to appropriate reserve levels, and further identify those credits not recoverable. The Company continues to refrain from originating or purchasing loans from foreign entities or loans classified by regulators as highly leveraged transactions. The

 

38


Table of Contents

Company’s loan portfolio does not include exposure to option adjustable rate mortgage products, high loan-to-value ratio mortgages, interest only mortgage loans, subprime mortgage loans or mortgage loans with initial teaser rates, which are all considered higher risk instruments. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company made strategic decisions to take losses on the sale of some of its of OREO to take advantage of several opportunities to reduce its OREO balance as the market for those particular pieces of OREO changed or worsened.

Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”)

On July 1, 2011 the Company adopted the amendments in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-02 Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring (“ASU 2011-02”). As a result of adopting the amendments in ASU 2011-02, the Company reassessed all loans that were renewed on or after January 1, 2011 for identification as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). The total recorded investment in TDRs as of December 31, 2011 is $112.6 million of which $103.8 million were restructured during the year ended December 31, 2011 under the new guidance of ASU 2011-02. Under this enhanced guidance, the borrower must be experiencing financial difficulty and the bank must have made a concession to such borrower. While it did not reduce the interest rate on these loans, the Company took the position that the renewal of such loans and the lack of an active market for such loans suggested these loans were made at below market terms and resulted in their classification as TDRs. Of the $103.8 million of newly identified TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2011, $80.0 million, or 77.1%, had previously been reported as being impaired with appropriate impairment allowances previously established. The Company had four loans with a recorded investment of $2.2 million, or 2.1% of restructurings during the previous twelve months, which have subsequently defaulted. This low default rate indicates that the modifications made by the Company have been successful in assisting its customers and mitigating the risk in the overall loan portfolio. The impact of this new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s non-performing assets, allowance for loan losses, earnings, or capital.

To appropriately manage risk, the Company tends to keep the maturity of classified loans relatively short; therefore, under this new guidance, the Company anticipates that loans already considered to be impaired will likely be designated as TDRs if renewed at their current terms and no concession from the borrower is received. The primary reason for this is that the new guidance places greater emphasis on whether the modification is at market terms given the risk characteristics of the borrower. In this economic environment, the market for a borrower’s experiencing financial difficulty has contracted significantly and thus the borrower is not likely to be able to obtain similar alternative financing. Such a designation of previously impaired loans will have no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements because these loans are already being individually evaluated for impairment in accordance with the Company’s allowance for loan loss methodology.

The Company generally does not provide concession on interest rates, with the primary concession being an extension of the term of the loan from the original maturity date. Restructured loans for which there was no rate concession, and therefore made at a market rate of interest, may be eligible to be removed from TDR status in periods subsequent to the restructuring depending on the performance of the loan. The Company reviews previously restructured loans quarterly in order to determine whether any has performed, subsequent to the restructure, at a level that would allow for it to be removed from TDR status. The Company generally would consider a change in this classification if the loan has performed under the restructured terms for a consecutive twelve month period. At December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $93.4 million, or 83% of total restructured loans, that were restructured at a market rate of interest and thus will be included in the aforementioned quarterly review process for possible removal.

The Company considers restructured loans that continue to accrue interest under the terms of the restructuring agreement to be performing and restructured loans that have been placed in nonaccrual status as nonperforming. Of the total loans designated as TDRs at December 31, 2011, approximately $98.8 million, or 87.7%, are considered to be performing.

 

39


Table of Contents

Nonperforming Assets (“NPAs”)

At December 31, 2011, nonperforming assets totaled $77.1 million, a decrease of $20.7 million from the prior year-end. The decrease in NPAs during the year related to net decreases in both nonaccrual loans, excluding purchased impaired loans, of $16.9 million and OREO of $3.8 million. In addition, nonperforming assets as a percentage of total outstanding loans declined 71 basis points from 3.45% at the end of the prior year to 2.74% at December 31, 2011. The majority of the net decrease in nonperforming loans was principally related to commercial and land loans. The majority of the net decrease in OREO was attributable to the sale of commercial real estate, as the net activity related to residential real estate and raw land was minimal.

The following table presents a five-year comparison of nonperforming assets as of December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Nonaccrual loans (excluding purchased impaired)

   $ 44,834      $ 61,716      $ 22,348      $ 14,412      $ 9,436   

Foreclosed properties

     31,243        35,101        21,489        6,511        217   

Real estate investment

     1,020        1,020        1,020        629        476   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 77,097      $ 97,838      $ 44,857      $ 21,552      $ 10,129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans past due 90 days and accruing interest

   $ 19,911      $ 15,332      $ 7,296      $ 3,082      $ 905   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonperforming assets to loans

     2.74     3.45     2.39     1.15     0.58

Nonperforming assets to loans, foreclosed properties & real estate investments

     2.70     3.40     2.36     1.15     0.58

Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans

     88.04     62.23     136.41     176.91     204.92

Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2011 included $44.8 million in nonaccrual loans (excluding purchased impaired loans), a net decrease of $16.9 million, or 27.39%, from the prior year. The decrease was a result of net customer pay downs of approximately $18.7 million, charge-offs of $8.7 million, transfers to OREO of $5.8 million, and loans returning to accruing status of $3.6 million, partially offset by additions of $19.9 million. The majority of the net reduction in nonperforming loans during the year was related to the commercial loan portfolio.

Nonaccrual loans include land loans of $13.3 million, other commercial loans of $10.6 million, commercial construction loans of $10.3 million, commercial real estate loans of $7.9 million, and other loans of $2.7 million. At December 31, 2011, the coverage ratio of the allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans was 88.0%, an increase from 62.2% a year earlier. Impairment analyses provided appropriate reserves on these nonperforming loans while appropriate reserves on homogenous pools continue to be maintained. The increase in the coverage ratio is primarily related to a decline in nonperforming loans.

Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2011 also included $32.3 million in OREO, a net decrease of $3.8 million, or 10.53%, from the prior year. The net decrease was a result of sales of $14.2 million at a net loss of $1.1 million, additions, including capital improvements, of $12.2 million, and write-downs of $707,000. The additions were principally related to residential real estate, including single-family residences and developed lots, as well as raw land sales; sales from OREO were principally related to residential real estate, including single-family residences, developed lots, and multi-unit rental properties, commercial property, and raw land.

The OREO portfolio is composed of land development of $11.3 million, residential real estate of $11.0 million, land of $6.4 million, commercial real estate of $2.6 million, and land previously held for development of bank branch sites of $1.0 million. Included in land development is $8.8 million related to a residential community in the Northern Neck region of Virginia, which includes developed residential lots, a golf course and undeveloped land. Foreclosed properties were adjusted to their fair values at the time of each foreclosure and any losses were taken as loan charge-offs against the allowance for loan losses at that time. OREO asset valuations are also evaluated at least quarterly and any necessary write down to fair value is recorded as impairment and charged against earnings.

 

40


Table of Contents

The following provides a roll-forward of the OREO activity from the past three years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Beginning Balance

   $ 36,122      $ 22,509      $ 7,140   

Additions

     11,625        24,791        19,594   

Capitalized Improvements

     528        404        374   

Valuation Adjustments

     (707     (43     (61

Proceeds from sales

     (14,240     (11,747     (4,452

Gains (losses) from sales, net

     (1,065     207        (86
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 32,263      $ 36,122      $ 22,509   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs and delinquencies

For the year ended December 31, 2011, net charge-offs were $15.7 million, or 0.56% of average loans, compared to $16.4 million, or 0.58%, last year. Net charge-offs in the current year included commercial loans of $6.8 million, other consumer loans of $4.2 million, commercial construction of $3.2 million, and home equity lines of credits of $1.5 million. At December 31, 2011, total accruing past due loans were $39.3 million, or 1.40%, of total loans, a decrease from 1.95% a year ago.

Provision/Allowance for loan losses

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $16.8 million, a decrease of $7.6 million from December 31, 2010. The lower provision for loan losses compared to last year reflects improvements in asset quality, tempered by higher reserves on remaining impaired loans, as other impaired loans were charged off. The current level of the allowance for loan losses reflects specific reserves related to nonperforming loans, current risk ratings on loans, net charge-off activity, loan growth, delinquency trends, and other credit risk factors that the Company considers in assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of the total loan portfolio, including net loans acquired in the FMB and the Harrisonburg branch acquisitions, was 1.40% at December 31, 2011 and 1.35% for the period ended December 31, 2010. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of the total loan portfolio, adjusted to remove acquired loans which were separately marked to their fair value at the date of acquisition, was 1.83% at December 31, 2011, a decrease from 1.88% a year ago. While the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of the adjusted loan portfolio declined, the coverage ratios significantly improved, which further shows that management’s proactive diligence in working through problem credits is having a significant impact on asset quality. The lower allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans compared to the loan portfolio, adjusted for acquired loans, is related to the elimination of FMB’s and the Harrisonburg branch’s allowance for loan losses at acquisition. In acquisition accounting, there is no carryover of previously established allowance for loan losses.

The following table summarizes activity in the allowance for loan losses over the past five years ended December 31, for the years presented (dollars in thousands):

 

41


Table of Contents

 

     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 38,406      $ 30,484      $ 25,496      $ 19,336      $ 19,148   

Loans charged-off:

          

Commercial

     2,183        2,205        2,039        1,638        207   

Real estate

     12,669        12,581        8,702        18        —     

Consumer

     3,014        3,763        3,667        2,544        1,005   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans charged-off

     17,866        18,549        14,408        4,200        1,212   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

          

Commercial

     413        551        71        52        30   

Real estate

     571        628        807        —          —     

Consumer

     1,146        924        272        288        310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     2,130        2,103        1,150        340        340   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     15,736        16,446        13,258        3,860        872   

Provision for loan losses

     16,800        24,368        18,246        10,020        1,060   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 39,470      $ 38,406      $ 30,484      $ 25,496      $ 19,336   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses to loans

     1.40     1.35     1.63     1.36     1.11

Allowance-to-legacy loans (Non-GAAP)

     1.83     1.88     N/A        N/A        N/A   

Net charge-offs to average loans

     0.56     0.58     0.71     0.21     0.05

The following table shows an allocation of the allowance for loan losses among loan categories based upon analysis of the loan portfolio’s composition, historical loan loss experience and other factors, as well as the ratio of the related outstanding loan balances to total loans as of December 31, (dollars in thousands).

 

     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     $      % (1)     $      % (1)     $      % (1)     $      % (1)     $      % (1)  

Commercial, financial and agriculture

   $ 9,322         6.1   $ 9,071         6.4   $ 7,200         6.7   $ 6,022         8.1   $ 4,567         8.0

Real estate construction

     21,922         15.8     21,331         17.3     16,931         16.4     14,161         21.5     10,740         22.7

Real estate mortgage

     1,249         68.4     1,215         65.0     964         66.0     806         59.3     611         57.3

Consumer & other

     6,977         9.7     6,789         11.3     5,389         10.9     4,507         11.1     3,418         12.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 39,470         100.0   $ 38,406         100.0   $ 30,484         100.0   $ 25,496         100.0   $ 19,336         100.0
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

(1) The percent represents the loan balance divided by total loans.

Deposits

As of December 31, 2011, total average deposits were $3.1 billion, up $123.8 million from December 31, 2010. Total interest-bearing deposits consist principally of certificates of deposit (“CDs”) and money market account balances. Total certificates of deposit and money market accounts were $1.1 billion and $904.9 million, respectively, or 77.6% of total interest-bearing deposits. During 2011, the Company experienced a shift from longer term CDs into lower cost transaction (NOW, savings and money market) accounts. This shift was driven by the Company’s focus on acquiring low cost deposits in a historically low interest rate environment and contributed to significant improvement in the net interest margin.

The average deposits and rates paid for the past three years and maturities of certificates of deposit of $100,000 and over as of December 31 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

42


Table of Contents

 

     2011     2010     2009  
     Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate  

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

   $ 513,352         $ 468,631         $ 289,769      

Interest-bearing deposits:

               

NOW accounts

     385,715         0.16     345,927         0.22     201,520         0.16

Money market accounts

     849,676         0.64     724,802         0.89     429,501         1.84

Savings accounts

     172,627         0.37     151,169         0.37     99,914         0.38

Time deposits of $100,000 and over

     573,276         1.58     639,406         1.88     447,659         3.36

Brokered CDs

     —           0.00     —           0.00     8,985         2.75

Other time deposits

     604,172         1.43     645,110         1.70     492,186         3.16
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing

     2,585,466         0.94     2,506,414         1.23     1,679,765         2.35
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total average deposits

   $ 3,098,818         $ 2,975,045         $ 1,969,534      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

     Within 3
Months
     3 - 6
Months
     6 - 12
Months
     Over 12
Months
     Total      Percent Of
Total
Deposits
 

Maturities of time deposits of $100,000 and over

   $ 88,153       $ 42,216       $ 138,325       $ 242,920       $ 511,614         16.11

Capital Resources

Capital resources represent funds, earned or obtained, over which financial institutions can exercise greater or longer control in comparison with deposits and borrowed funds. The adequacy of the Company’s capital is reviewed by management on an ongoing basis with reference to size, composition, and quality of the Company’s resources and consistency with regulatory requirements and industry standards. Management seeks to maintain a capital structure that will assure an adequate level of capital to support anticipated asset growth and to absorb potential losses, yet allow management to effectively leverage its capital to maximize return to shareholders.

The Federal Reserve and the FDIC have adopted capital guidelines to supplement the existing definitions of capital for regulatory purposes and to establish minimum capital standards. Specifically, the guidelines categorize assets and off-balance sheet items into four risk-weighted categories. The minimum ratio of qualifying total assets is 8.0%, of which 4.0% must be Tier 1 capital, consisting of common equity, retained earnings and a limited amount of perpetual preferred stock, less certain intangible items. The Company had a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 14.51% and 14.68% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company’s ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets was 12.85% and 12.95% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, allowing the Company to meet the definition of “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes. Both of these ratios exceeded the fully phased-in capital requirements in 2011 and 2010. The Company’s equity to asset ratio at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were 10.79%, 11.16% and 10.90%, respectively. The decline in the equity to assets ratio during 2011 was due to the Company’s redemption of the preferred stock issued to the Treasury.

In connection with two bank acquisitions, Prosperity Bank & Trust Company and Guaranty Financial Corporation, the Company has issued trust preferred capital notes to fund the cash portion of those acquisitions, collectively totaling $58.5 million. The total of the trust preferred capital notes currently qualify for Tier 1 capital of the Company for regulatory purposes.

On December 19, 2008, the Company entered into a Letter Agreement with Treasury, pursuant to which it issued 59,000 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) for $59 million. The issuance was made pursuant to the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”) under the Troubled Asset Relief Program. In November 2009, the Company redeemed the Series A Preferred Stock, by repaying, with accumulated dividends, the $59 million it received in December 2008. Additionally, in December 2009, the Company entered into a Warrant Repurchase Letter Agreement (“Warrant Repurchase”) with the Treasury to repurchase a warrant to purchase 211,318 shares of the Company’s common stock that was issued in connection with the Company’s sale of its Series A Preferred Stock. As a result of the Warrant Repurchase, the Company had no securities issued or outstanding to the Treasury and was no longer participating in the Treasury’s CPP as of November 18, 2009.

 

43


Table of Contents

The Company’s outstanding series of preferred stock as of December 31, 2010 resulted from the acquisition of First Market Bank. On February 6, 2009, First Market Bank issued and sold to the Treasury 33,900 shares of its Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B and a warrant to purchase up to 1,695 shares of its Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C. The Treasury immediately exercised the warrant for the entire 1,695 shares. In connection with the Company’s acquisition of FMB, the Company’s Board of Directors established a series of preferred stock with substantially identical preferences, rights and limitations to the First Market Bank preferred stock, except as explained below. Pursuant to the closing of the acquisition, each share of First Market Bank Series B and Series C preferred stock was exchanged for one share of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock of the Company pays cumulative dividends to the Treasury at a rate of 5.19% per annum for the first five years and thereafter at a rate of 9.0% per annum. The 5.19% dividend rate is a blended rate comprised of the dividend rate of the 33,900 shares of First Market Bank 5% Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B and 1,695 shares of First Market Bank 9% Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A. The Series B Preferred Stock of the Company is non-voting and each share has a liquidation preference of $1,000. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company received approval from the Treasury and its regulators to redeem the Preferred Stock issued to the Treasury and assumed by the Company as part of the 2010 merger with FMB. On December 7, 2011, the Company paid approximately $35.7 million, from cash, to the Treasury in full redemption of the Preferred Stock.

The following summarizes the Company’s regulatory capital and related ratios over the past three years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

    2011     2010     2009  

Tier 1 capital:

     

Preferred stock—liquidity value

  $ —        $ 35,595      $ —     

Common stock—par value

    34,672        34,532        24,462   

Surplus

    187,493        185,763        98,136   

Retained earnings

    189,824        169,801        155,047   

Discount on preferred stock

    —          (1,177     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

    411,989        424,514        277,645   

Plus: qualifying trust preferred capital notes

    58,500        58,500        58,500   

Less: core deposit intangibles/goodwill/unrealized gain(loss) on AFS

    79,866        84,849        63,797   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tier 1 capital

    390,623        398,165        272,348   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital:

     

Subordinated debt

    12,305        14,892        —     

Allowance for loan losses

    38,007        38,406        25,374   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tier 2 capital

    50,312        53,298        25,374   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital

  $ 440,935      $ 451,463      $ 297,722   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets

  $ 3,039,099      $ 3,075,330      $ 2,024,824   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital ratios:

     

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

    12.85     12.95     13.45

Total risk-based capital ratio

    14.51     14.68     14.70

Leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital to average adjusted assets)

    10.14     10.55     10.86

Equity to total assets

    10.79     11.16     10.90

Tangible common equity to tangible assets

    8.91     8.22     8.64

Commitments and off-balance sheet obligations

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contractual amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of the Company’s involvement in particular classes of financial instruments. For more information pertaining to these commitments, reference Note 11 “Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk” in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

44


Table of Contents

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and letters of credit written is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. Unless noted otherwise, the Company does not require collateral or other security to support off-balance sheet financial instruments with credit risk.

At December 31, 2011, Union Mortgage had rate lock commitments to originate mortgage loans amounting to $45.8 million and loans held for sale of $74.8 million. Union Mortgage has entered into corresponding mandatory commitments on a best-efforts basis to sell loans on a servicing-released basis totaling approximately $120.6 million. These commitments to sell loans are designed to eliminate the mortgage company’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates in connection with rate lock commitments and loans held for sale.

The following table represents the Company’s other commitments with balance sheet or off-balance sheet risk as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

     2011      2010  

Commitments with off-balance sheet risk:

     

Commitments to extend credit (1)

   $ 720,317       $ 782,782   

Standby letters of credit

     38,068         38,347   

Mortgage loan rate lock commitments

     105,284         111,655   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commitments with off-balance sheet risk

   $ 863,669       $ 932,784   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments with balance sheet risk:

     

Loans held for sale

   $ 74,823       $ 73,974   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commitments with balance sheet risk

   $ 74,823       $ 73,974   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other commitments

   $ 938,492       $ 1,006,758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes unfunded overdraft protection.

The following table presents the Company’s contractual obligations and scheduled payment amounts due at the various intervals over the next five years and beyond as of December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      4-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Long-term debt

   $ 215,691       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 215,691   

Operating leases

     33,440         4,445         7,816         6,506         14,673   

Other short-term borrowings

     12,337         12,337         —           —           —     

Repurchase agreements

     50,658         50,658         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 312,126       $ 67,440       $ 7,816       $ 6,506       $ 230,364   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For more information pertaining to the previous table, reference Note 5 “Bank Premise and Equipment” and Note 8 “Borrowings” in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of the Form 10-K.

 

45


Table of Contents

Liquidity

Liquidity represents an institution’s ability to meet present and future financial obligations through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or the acquisition of additional funds through liability management. Liquid assets include cash, interest-bearing deposits with banks, money market investments, Federal funds sold, securities available for sale, loans held for sale and loans maturing or re-pricing within one year. Additional sources of liquidity available to the Company include its capacity to borrow additional funds when necessary through Federal funds lines with several correspondent banks, a line of credit with the FHLB, and a corporate line of credit with a large correspondent bank.

The Company completed a follow-on equity raise on September 16, 2009, which generated cash and capital of approximately $58.8 million, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses from the issuance of 4,725,000 shares of common stock at a price of $13.25 per share. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company redeemed the Preferred Stock and warrant issued to the Treasury by repaying $59 million received in December 2008 under the Capital Purchase Program. In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company redeemed $35.7 million of Preferred Stock issued to the Treasury that was assumed in the 2010 acquisition of FMB. Management considers the Company’s overall liquidity to be sufficient to satisfy its depositors’ requirements and to meet its customers’ credit needs.

At December 31, 2011, cash and cash equivalents and securities classified as available for sale comprised 18.9% of total assets, compared to 16.5% at December 31, 2010. Asset liquidity is also provided by managing loan and securities maturities and cash flows.

Additional sources of liquidity available to the Company include its capacity to borrow additional funds when necessary. The community bank segment maintains Federal funds lines with several regional banks totaling $113.0 million as of December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, there were no outstanding balances on these Federal funds lines. The Company had outstanding borrowings pursuant to securities sold under agreements to repurchase transactions with a maturity of one day of $63.0 million as of December 31, 2011 compared to $69.5 million as of December 31, 2010. Lastly, the Company had a collateral dependent line of credit with the FHLB for up to $776.8 million as of December 31, 2011. There was approximately $141.0 million outstanding under this line at December 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2011, cash, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, money market investments, Federal funds sold, loans held for sale, investment securities, and loans that mature within one year totaled $1.2 billion, or 34.4%, of total earning assets. As of December 31, 2011, approximately $979 million, or 34.7%, of total loans are scheduled to mature within one year.

NON GAAP MEASURES

In reporting the results of 2011 and 2010, the Company has provided supplemental performance measures on an operating or tangible basis. Such measures exclude amortization expense related to intangible assets, such as core deposit and trademark intangibles. The Company believes these measures are useful to investors as they exclude non-operating adjustments resulting from acquisition activity and allow investors to see the combined economic results of the organization. Cash basis operating earnings per share was $1.33 for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.10 in 2010. Cash basis return on average tangible common equity and assets for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 10.64% and 0.92%, respectively, compared to 9.35% and 0.76%, respectively, in 2010.

These measures are a supplement to GAAP used to prepare the Company’s financial statements and should not be viewed as a substitute for GAAP measures. In addition, the Company’s non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to non-GAAP measures of other companies.

The following table reconciles these non-GAAP measures from their respective GAAP basis measures for the years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

46


Table of Contents
     2011     2010  

Net income

   $ 30,445      $ 22,922   

Plus: core deposit intangible amortization, net of tax

     3,979        4,721   

Plus: trademark intangible amortization, net of tax

     260        239   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash basis operating earnings

     34,684        27,882   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average assets

     3,861,628        3,752,569   

Less: average trademark intangible

     631        933   

Less: average goodwill

     58,494        57,566   

Less: average core deposit intangibles

     23,654        28,470   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average tangible assets

     3,778,849        3,665,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average equity

     441,040        416,577   

Less: average trademark intangible

     631        933   

Less: average goodwill

     58,494        57,566   

Less: average core deposit intangibles

     23,654        28,470   

Less: average preferred equity

     32,171        31,387   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average tangible common equity

   $ 326,090      $ 298,221   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted

     26,009,839        25,268,216   

Cash basis earnings per share, diluted

   $ 1.33      $ 1.10   

Cash basis return on average tangible assets

     0.92     0.76

Cash basis return on average tangible common equity

     10.64     9.35

The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of the total loan portfolio includes net loans acquired in the FMB and the Harrisonburg branch acquisitions. The acquired loans discount or premium to market is accreted/amortized as an increase/decrease to net interest income over the estimated lives of the liabilities. Additional credit quality deterioration above the original credit mark is recorded as additional provisions for loan losses. The following table shows the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of the total loan portfolio, adjusted to remove acquired loans.

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Gross loans

   $ 2,818,583      $ 2,837,253   

Less: acquired loans without additional credit deterioration

     (663,510     (793,730
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross loans, net of acquired

   $ 2,155,073      $ 2,043,523   

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 39,470      $ 38,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses ratio

     1.40     1.35

Allowance for loan losses ratio, net of acquired

     1.83     1.88

 

47


Table of Contents

QUARTERLY RESULTS

The following table presents the Company’s quarterly performance for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Quarter         
     First      Second      Third      Fourth      Total (1)  

For the Year 2011

              

Interest and dividend income

   $ 47,392       $ 47,756       $ 47,606       $ 46,319       $ 189,073   

Interest expense

     8,592         8,133         8,160         7,828         32,713   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     38,800         39,623         39,446         38,491         156,360   

Provision for loan losses

     6,300         4,500         3,600         2,400         16,800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     32,500         35,123         35,846         36,091         139,560   

Noninterest income

     10,547         9,963         11,544         11,723         43,777   

Noninterest expenses

     34,767         35,872         34,637         36,352         141,628   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     8,280         9,214         12,753         11,462         41,709   

Income tax expense

     2,086         2,394         3,682         3,102         11,264   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 6,194       $ 6,820       $ 9,071       $ 8,360       $ 30,445   

Dividends paid and accumulated on preferred stock

     462         462         462         113         1,499   

Accretion of discount on preferred stock

     64         65         66         983         1,177   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 5,668       $ 6,293       $ 8,543       $ 7,264       $ 27,769   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share, basic

   $ 0.22       $ 0.24       $ 0.33       $ 0.28       $ 1.07   

Earnings per share, diluted

   $ 0.22       $ 0.24       $ 0.33       $ 0.28       $ 1.07   

For the Year 2010

              

Interest and dividend income

   $ 43,318       $ 49,295       $ 48,440       $ 48,768       $ 189,821   

Interest expense

     9,158         9,755         9,791         9,541         38,245   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     34,160         39,540         38,649         39,227         151,576   

Provision for loan losses

     5,001         3,955         5,912         9,500         24,368   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     29,159         35,585         32,737         29,727         127,208   

Noninterest income

     9,739         12,128         12,353         13,078         47,298   

Noninterest expenses

     36,800         35,148         33,984         37,069         143,001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     2,098         12,565         11,106         5,736         31,505   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     399         3,839         3,033         1,312         8,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1,699       $ 8,726       $ 8,073       $ 4,424       $ 22,922   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dividends paid and accumulated on preferred stock

     303         462         462         462         1,689   

Accretion of discount on preferred stock

     51         50         62         63         225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

   $ 1,345       $ 8,214       $ 7,549       $ 3,899       $ 21,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share, basic

   $ 0.06       $ 0.32       $ 0.29       $ 0.15       $ 0.83   

Earnings per share, diluted

   $ 0.06       $ 0.32       $ 0.29       $ 0.15       $ 0.83   

 

(1)

The sum of quarterly financial information may vary from year-to-date financial information due to rounding.

ITEM 7A. – QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

This information is incorporated herein by reference from Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K.

 

48


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

 

LOGO

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Union First Market Bankshares Corporation

Richmond, Virginia

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 14, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of Union Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting.

 

LOGO

Winchester, Virginia

March 14, 2012

 

49


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Union First Market Bankshares Corporation

Richmond, Virginia

We have audited Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

50


Table of Contents

In our opinion, Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 of Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries and our report dated March 14, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion.

 

LOGO

Winchester, Virginia

March 14, 2012

 

51


Table of Contents

UNION FIRST MARKET BANKSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)

 

     2011      2010  

ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents:

     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 69,786       $ 58,951   

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

     26,556         1,449   

Money market investments

     155         158   

Federal funds sold

     162         595   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     96,659         61,153   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     640,827         572,441   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

     74,823         73,974   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans, net of unearned income

     2,818,583         2,837,253   

Less allowance for loan losses

     39,470         38,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loans

     2,779,113         2,798,847   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Bank premises and equipment, net

     90,589         90,680   

Other real estate owned

     32,263         36,122   

Core deposit intangibles, net

     20,714         26,827   

Goodwill

     59,400         57,567   

Other assets

     112,699         119,636   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,907,087       $ 3,837,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

     

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

   $ 534,535       $ 484,867   

Interest-bearing deposits:

     

NOW accounts

     412,605         381,512   

Money market accounts

     904,893         783,431   

Savings accounts

     179,157         153,724   

Time deposits of $100,000 and over

     511,614         563,375   

Other time deposits

     632,301         703,150   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     2,640,570         2,585,192   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

     3,175,105         3,070,059   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     62,995         69,467   

Other short-term borrowings

     —           23,500   

Long-term borrowings

     155,381         154,892   

Trust preferred capital notes

     60,310         60,310   

Other liabilities

     31,657         30,934   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     3,485,448         3,409,162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

     

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Preferred stock Series B, $10.00 par value, $1,000 liquidation preference, shares authorized 59,000; issued and outstanding, zero shares at December 31, 2011 and 35,595 shares at December 31, 2010

     —           35,595   

Common stock, $1.33 par value, shares authorized 36,000,000; issued and outstanding, 26,134,830 shares at December 31, 2011 and 26,004,197 shares at December 31, 2010

     34,672         34,532   

Surplus

     187,493         185,763   

Retained earnings

     189,824         169,801   

Discount on preferred stock

     —           (1,177

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     9,650         3,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     421,639         428,085   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,907,087       $ 3,837,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

52


Table of Contents

UNION FIRST MARKET BANKSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010, AND 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     2011     2010      2009  

Interest and dividend income:

       

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 168,479      $ 169,549       $ 112,316   

Interest on Federal funds sold

     1        17         1   

Interest on deposits in other banks

     123        77         135   

Interest and dividends on securities:

       

Taxable

     13,387        13,958         10,606   

Nontaxable

     7,083        6,220         5,529   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

     189,073        189,821         128,587   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense:

       

Interest on deposits

     24,346        30,742         39,451   

Interest on Federal funds purchased

     7        33         27   

Interest on short-term borrowings

     1,307        1,790         2,261   

Interest on long-term borrowings

     7,053        5,680         7,032   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     32,713        38,245         48,771   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     156,360        151,576         79,816   

Provision for loan losses

     16,800        24,368         18,246   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     139,560        127,208         61,570   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest income:

       

Service charges on deposit accounts

     8,826        9,105         8,252   

Other service charges, commissions and fees

     12,825        11,395         6,003   

Gains on securities transactions, net

     913        58         163   

Other-than-temporary impairment losses

     (400     —           —     

Gains on sales of loans

     19,840        22,151         16,654   

Gains (losses) on sales of other real estate owned and bank premises, net

     (2,060     628         (37

Other operating income

     3,833        3,961         1,932   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     43,777        47,298         32,967   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest expenses:

       

Salaries and benefits

     71,652        67,913         43,315   

Occupancy expenses

     11,104        11,417         7,051   

Furniture and equipment expenses

     6,920        6,594         4,573   

Other operating expenses

     51,952        57,077         30,348   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expenses

     141,628        143,001         85,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     41,709        31,505         9,250   

Income tax expense

     11,264        8,583         890   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 30,445      $ 22,922       $ 8,360   

Dividends paid on preferred stock

     1,499        1,688         2,696   

Amortization of discount on preferred stock

     1,177        226         2,790   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 27,769      $ 21,008       $ 2,874   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per common share, basic

   $ 1.07      $ 0.83       $ 0.19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per common share, diluted

   $ 1.07      $ 0.83       $ 0.19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

53


Table of Contents

UNION FIRST MARKET BANKSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)

 

     Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
     Surplus     Retained
Earnings
    Warrant     Discount
on
Preferred
Stock
    Accumu-
lated Other
Compre-
hensive
Income
(Loss)
    Compre-
hensive
Income
(Loss)
    Total  

Balance—December 31, 2008

   $ 590      $ 18,055       $ 101,719      $ 155,140      $ 2,808      $ (2,790   $ (1,724     $ 273,798   

Comprehensive income:

                   

Net income—2009

            8,360            $ 8,360        8,360   

Unrealized holding gains arising during the period (net of taxes, $3,378)

                    6,273     

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of taxes, $57)

                    (106  
                 

 

 

   

Other comprehensive income (net of taxes, $3,321)

                  6,167        6,167        6,167   
                 

 

 

   

Total comprehensive income

                  $ 14,527     
                 

 

 

   

Cash dividends on common stock ($.30 per share)

            (4,372             (4,372

Tax benefit from exercise of stock awards

          4                  4   

Repurchase of preferred stock (59,000 shares)

     (590        (57,439     (971             (59,000

Issuance costs of preferred stock

          (67               (67

Dividend on preferred stock

            (2,696             (2,696

Accretion of preferred stock discount

            (414       2,790            2,376   

Repurchase of warrant

              (2,808           (2,808

Issuance of common stock (4,725,000 shares)

       6,284         52,644                  58,928   

Issuance of common stock under Dividend Reinvestment Plan (32,344 shares)

       43         402                  445   

Issuance of common stock under Stock Incentive Plan (1,800 shares)

       2         15                  17   

Issuance of restricted stock under Stock Incentive Plan (14,474 shares)

       20         (20               —     

Stock-based compensation expense

          420                  420   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2009

     —          24,462         98,136        155,047        —          —          4,443          282,088   

Comprehensive income:

                   

Net income—2010

            22,922            $ 22,922        22,922   

Change in fair value of interest rate swap (cash flow hedge)

                    (1,476  

Unrealized holding gains arising during the period (net of taxes, $345)

                    642     

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of taxes, $20)

                    (38  
                 

 

 

   

Other comprehensive loss (net of taxes, $325)

                  (872     (872     (872
                 

 

 

   

Total comprehensive income

                  $ 22,050     
                 

 

 

   

Cash dividends on common stock ($.25 per share)

            (6,484             (6,484

Tax benefit from exercise of stock awards

          7                  7   

Issuance of of preferred stock

     35,595                 (1,403         34,192   

Dividends on preferred stock

            (1,458             (1,458

Accretion of discount on preferred stock

            (226       226            —     

Issuance of Common Stock (7,477,273 shares)

       9,945         86,022                  95,967   

Issuance of common stock under Dividend Reinvestment Plan (19,085 shares)

       25         323                  348   

Issuance of common stock under Stock Incentive Plan (7,016 shares)

       10         51                  61   

Issuance of restricted stock under Stock Incentive Plan (24,939 shares), net of shares withheld for employee taxes

       33         (90               (57

Issuance of common stock for services rendered (42,680 shares)

       57         536                  593   

Stock-based compensation expense

          778                  778   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2010

     35,595        34,532         185,763        169,801        —          (1,177     3,571          428,085   

Comprehensive income:

                   

Net income—2011

            30,445            $ 30,445        30,445   

Change in fair value of interest rate swap (cash flow hedge)

                    (2,818  

Unrealized holding gains arising during the period (net of tax, $4,346)

                    9,231     

Reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income (net of tax, $179)

                    (334  
                 

 

 

   

Other comprehensive income (net of tax, $4,167)

                  6,079        6,079        6,079   
                 

 

 

   

Total comprehensive income

                  $ 36,524     
                 

 

 

   

Cash dividends on common stock ($.28 per share)

            (7,284             (7,284

Tax benefit from exercise of stock awards

          15                  15   

Repurchase of preferred stock (35,595 shares)

     (35,595                    (35,595

Dividends on preferred stock

            (1,961             (1,961

Accretion of discount on preferred stock

            (1,177       1,177            —     

Issuance of common stock under Dividend Reinvestment Plan (11,932)

       16         361                  377   

Issuance of common stock under Stock Incentive Plan (29,625 shares)

       39         158                  197   

Vesting of restricted stock under Stock Incentive Plan (17,312 shares)

       23         (23               —     

Issuance of common stock for services rendered (46,806 shares)

       62         502                  564   

Stock-based compensation expense

          717                  717   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2011

   $ —        $ 34,672       $ 187,493      $ 189,824      $ —        $ —        $ 9,650        $ 421,639   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

UNION FIRST MARKET BANKSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 30,445      $ 22,922      $ 8,360   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation of bank premises and equipment

     6,715        6,502        5,067   

Other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings

     400        —          —     

Amortization, net

     7,928        6,300        4,407   

Provision for loan losses

     16,800        24,368        18,246   

Gains on the sale of investment securities

     (913     (58     (163

Tax benefit from exercise of stock-based awards

     15        7        4   

Deferred tax benefit

     (615     (1,273     (2,425

Origination of loans held for sale

     659,441        (808,663     (703,477

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

     (660,290     788,969        678,621   

Gains (loss) on sales of other real estate owned and bank premises, net

     2,768        (628     37   

Stock-based compensation expenses

     717        778        420   

Issuance of common stock grants for services

     657        593        516   

Prepayment of FDIC insurance assessment

     —          —          (11,805

Decrease (increase) in other assets

     8,627        (470     (1,893

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

     (2,160     6,343        5,216   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities

     70,535        45,690        1,131   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

      

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (217,643     (191,030     (181,219

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

     28,800        106,549        14,005   

Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns of securities available for sale

     126,786        126,158        83,964   

Net increase in loans

     62,126        (23,204     (33,301

Net increase in bank premises and equipment

     (5,466     (2,229     (6,315

Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned

     14,240        11,747        4,452   

Cash paid in bank acquisition

     (26,437     —          —     

Cash acquired in bank and branch acquisitions

     230        137,460        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in) investing activities

     (17,364     165,451        (118,414
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

      

Net increase (decrease) in noninterest-bearing deposits

     45,302        19,528        19,393   

Net increase (decrease) in interest-bearing deposits

     10,875        (74,156     (30,038

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

     (29,972     (132,784     42,479   

Net increase (decrease) in long-term borrowings

     489        (897     (10,000

Cash dividends paid—common stock

     (7,284     (6,484     (4,372

Cash dividends paid—preferred stock

     (1,961     (1,458     (2,696

(Repurchase) issuance of preferred stock and warrant

     (35,595     —          (59,499

Issuance of common stock

     574        409        59,390   

Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards

     (93     (57     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents (used in) provided by financing activities

     (17,665     (195,899     14,657   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     35,506        15,242        (102,626

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

     61,153        45,911        148,537   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

   $ 96,659      $ 61,153      $ 45,911   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

      

Cash payments for:

      

Interest

   $ 33,030      $ 38,075      $ 49,854   

Income taxes

     8,837        11,794        2,173   

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities

      

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale

   $ (13,063   $ 929      $ 9,488   

Changes in fair value of interest rate swap (loss) gain

     (2,818     (1,476     —     

Transfers from loans to other real estate owned

     (644     24,791        19,906   

Transactions related to bank and branch acquisitions

      

Increase in assets and liabilities:

      

Loans

   $ 70,817      $ 981,541      $ —     

Securities

     —          218,676        —     

Other assets

     4,324        78,542        —     

Noninterest bearing deposits

     4,366        171,117        —     

Interest bearing deposits

     44,503        1,037,206        —     

Borrowings

     —          75,789        —     

Other liabilities

     65        1,832        —     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

55


Table of Contents

UNION FIRST MARKET BANKSHARES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting policies and practices of Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U. S.”) (“GAAP”) and follow general practices within the banking industry. Major policies and practices are described below. Effective February 1, 2010, the Company acquired First Market Bank, FSB, a privately held federally chartered savings bank (“First Market Bank” or “FMB”). Upon completion of the merger, the Company changed its name from Union Bankshares Corporation to Union First Market Bankshares Corporation. The acquisition of First Market Bank is discussed in Note 2 “Acquisition” in these “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” and the following footnotes do not contain any financial results of First Market Bank for 2009 or the month of January 2010.

Principles of Consolidation—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, which is a bank holding company that owns all of the outstanding common stock of its banking subsidiary, Union First Market Bank (the “Bank”) and of Union Investment Services Inc. Subsequent to the acquisition of First Market Bank, it was merged with the Company’s largest subsidiary, Union Bank and Trust Company, in February 2010 and the combined bank operates under the name Union First Market Bank. The remaining two affiliates, Northern Neck State Bank and Rappahannock National Bank were merged into Union First Market Bank during October 2010. Union Mortgage Group, Inc. (“Union Mortgage”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of Union First Market Bank. Union First Market Bank also has a non-controlling interest in Johnson Mortgage Company, L.L.C., which is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The Company’s Statutory Trust I and II, wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company, were formed for the purpose of issuing redeemable Trust Preferred Capital Notes in connection with the Company’s acquisitions of Guaranty Financial Corporation in May 2004 and its wholly owned subsidiary, Guaranty Bank (“Guaranty”) and Prosperity Bank & Trust Company (“Prosperity”) in April 2006. Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 860 Transfers and Servicing, precludes the Company from consolidating Statutory Trusts I and II. The subordinated debts payable to the trusts are reported as liabilities of the Company. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Variable Interest Entities—Current accounting guidance states that if a business enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, the assets, liabilities and results of the activities of the variable interest entity should be included in the consolidated financial statements of the business enterprise. This interpretation explains how to identify variable interest entities and how an enterprise assesses its interest in a variable interest entity to decide whether to consolidate the entity. It also requires existing unconsolidated variable interest entities to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if the entities do not effectively disperse risks among parties involved. Variable interest entities that effectively disperse risks will not be consolidated unless a single party holds an interest or combination of interests that effectively recombines risks that were previously dispersed. Management has evaluated the Company’s investment in variable interest entities. The Company’s primary exposure to variable interest entities are the trust preferred securities structures.

Currently, other than the impact described above from the deconsolidation of the trust preferred capital notes, this accounting guidance has not had a material impact on the financial condition or the operating results of the Company.

Use of Estimates—The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Material estimates that are

 

56


Table of Contents

particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, other real estate owned, deferred tax assets and liabilities, other-than-temporary impairment of securities and the fair value of financial instruments.

Business Combinations—Business combinations are accounted for under ASC 805 Business Combinations, using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquisition method of accounting requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the acquisition date measured at their fair values as of that date. To determine the fair values, the Company will continue to rely on third party valuations, such as appraisals, or internal valuations based on discounted cash flow analyses or other valuation techniques. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the Company will identify the acquirer and the closing date and apply applicable recognition principles and conditions. Costs that the Company expects, but is not obligated to incur in the future, to effect its plan to exit an activity of an acquiree or to terminate the employment of or relocate an acquiree’s employees are not liabilities at the acquisition date. The Company will not recognize these costs as part of applying the acquisition method. Instead, the Company will recognize these costs in its post-combination financial statements in accordance with other applicable accounting guidance.

Acquisition-related costs are costs the Company incurs to effect a business combination. Those costs include advisory, legal, accounting, valuation, and other professional or consulting fees. Some other examples of costs to the Company include systems conversions, integration planning consultants and advertising costs. The Company will account for acquisition-related costs as expenses in the periods in which the costs are incurred and the services are received, with one exception. The costs to issue debt or equity securities will be recognized in accordance with other applicable accounting guidance. These acquisition-related costs are included within the Consolidated Statements of Income classified within the noninterest expense caption.

Additional information on acquisitions that occurred during the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 is disclosed in Note 2.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company defines cash and cash equivalents as cash, cash due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, money market investments, other interest-bearing deposits, and Federal funds sold.

Investment Securities—Securities classified as available for sale are those debt and equity securities that management intends to hold for an indefinite period of time, including securities used as part of the Company’s asset/liability strategy, and that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, liquidity needs or other similar factors. Securities available for sale are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains or losses, net of deferred taxes, included in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity.

Debt securities that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and reported at amortized cost. The Company has no securities in this category.

Securities classified as held for trading are those debt and equity securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term and are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. The Company has no securities in this category.

Purchased premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Declines in the fair value of held to maturity and available for sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, an impairment is other-than-temporary if any of the following conditions exists: the entity intends to sell the security; it is more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or, the entity does not

 

57


Table of Contents

expect to recover the security’s entire amortized cost basis (even if the entity does not intend to sell). If a credit loss exists, but an entity does not intend to sell the impaired debt security and is not more likely than not to be required to sell before recovery, the impairment is other-than-temporary and should be separated into a credit portion to be recognized in earnings and the remaining amount relating to all other factors recognized as other comprehensive loss. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

Due to restrictions placed upon the Company’s common stock investment in the Federal Reserve Bank, Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta and Community Bankers Bank, these securities have been classified as restricted equity securities and carried at cost. These restricted securities are not subject to the investment security classifications. The Federal Home Loan Bank requires the Bank to maintain stock in an amount equal to 4.5% of outstanding borrowings and a specific percentage of the member’s total assets. The Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond requires the Company to maintain stock with a par value equal to 6% of its outstanding capital.

Loans Held for Sale—Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are sold, servicing released and carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, which is determined in the aggregate based on sales commitments to permanent investors or on current market rates for loans of similar quality and type. In addition, the Company requires a firm purchase commitment from a permanent investor before a loan can be closed, thus limiting interest rate risk. As a result, loans held for sale are stated at fair value. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income.

Loans—The Company originates commercial and consumer loans to customers. A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is represented by commercial and residential real estate loans (including acquisition and development loans and residential construction loans) throughout its market area. The ability of the Company’s debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in those markets.

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-offs generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method.

The Company has two loan portfolio level segments and fourteen loan class levels for reporting purposes. The two loan portfolio level segments are commercial and consumer.

Within the commercial loan portfolio segment there are seven loan classes for reporting purposes: commercial real estate – owner occupied, commercial real estate – non owner occupied, commercial construction, commercial and industrial, raw land and lots, single family investment real estate, and other commercial.

Commercial real estate – owner occupied loans are term loans made to support owner occupied real estate properties that rely upon the successful operation of the business occupying the property for repayment. General market conditions and economic activity may affect these types of loans. In addition to using specific underwriting policies and procedures for these types of loans, the Company manages risk by avoiding concentrations to any one business or industry.

Commercial real estate – non owner occupied loans are term loans typically made to borrowers to support income producing properties that rely upon the successful operation of the property for repayment. General market conditions and economic activity may impact the performance of these types of loans. In addition to using specific underwriting policies and procedures for these types of loans, the Company manages risk by diversifying the lending to various lines of businesses, such as retail, office, multi-family, office warehouse, and hotel as well as avoiding concentrations to any one business or industry.

 

58


Table of Contents

Commercial construction loans are generally made to commercial and residential builders for specific construction projects. The successful repayment of these types of loans is generally dependent upon (a) a pre-planned commitment for permanent financing from the Company or another lender, or (b) from the sale of the constructed property. These loans carry more risk than both types of commercial real estate term loans due to the dynamics of construction projects, changes in interest rates, long-term financing market, and state and local government regulations. As in commercial real estate term lending, the Company manages risk by using specific underwriting policies and procedures for these types of loans and by avoiding concentrations to any one business or industry.

Commercial and industrial loans generally support our borrowers need for equipment/vehicle purchases and other short-term or seasonal cash flow needs. Repayment relies upon the successful operation of the business. This type of lending carries a lower level of commercial credit risk as compared to other commercial lending within this segment of lending. The Company manages this risk by using general underwriting policies and procedures for these types of loans and by avoiding concentrations to any one business or industry.

Raw land and lot loans are loans generally made to residential home builders to support their land and lot inventory needs. Repayment relies upon the successful performance of the underlying residential real estate project. This type of lending carries a higher level of risk as compared to other commercial lending. This class of lending manages risks related to residential real estate market conditions, a functioning first and secondary market in which to sell residential properties, and the borrower’s ability to manage inventory and run projects. The Company manages this risk by lending to experienced builders and developers, by using specific underwriting policies and procedures for these types of loans, and by avoiding concentrations with any particular customer or geographic region.

Single family investment real estate loans are term loans made to real estate investors to support permanent financing for single family residential income producing properties that rely on the successful operation of the property for repayment. This management mainly involves property maintenance and collection of rents due from tenants. This type of lending carries a lower level of risk as compared to other commercial lending. The Company manages this risk by avoiding concentrations with any particular customer or geographic region.

Other commercial loans generally support small business lines of credit and agricultural lending neither of which are a material source of business for the Company.

The consumer loan portfolio segment is comprised of seven classes; mortgage, consumer construction, indirect auto, indirect marine, home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”), credit card and other consumer. These are generally small loans spread across many borrowers, supported by computer-based loan approval systems and business line policies and procedures that aid in managing risk. The Company’s consumer portfolio consists principally of loans secured by real estate, followed by indirect auto lending and indirect marine lending.

The Company manages the unique risks related to consumer construction to acceptable levels through certain policies and procedures, such as, limiting loan to value ratios at loan origination, requiring standards for appraisers, and not making subprime loans under any circumstances.

The indirect auto lending generally carries certain risks associated with the values of the collateral that management must mitigate. The Company focuses its indirect auto lending on one to two

 

59


Table of Contents

year old used vehicles where substantial depreciation has already occurred thereby minimizing the risk of significant loss of collateral values in the future. This type of lending places reliance on computer-based loan approval systems to supplement other underwriting standards.

The indirect marine lending is to borrowers that are well qualified with ample capacity to repay and typically lends against large marine vessels (i.e., yachts). Risks in this class of lending are generally related to the borrower’s ability to guard against the effects of economic downturns or sustained levels of unemployment. This type of lending places reliance on computer-based loan approval systems to supplement other underwriting standards.

Nonaccruals, Past Dues, and Charge-offs

The policy for placing commercial loans on nonaccrual status is generally when the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the credit is well secured and in process of collection, but in any event no later than 180 days past due. Consumer loans (consumer construction, mortgages, indirect auto and marine, HELOCs, credit cards and other) are typically charged-off when management judges the loan to be uncollectible or the borrower files for bankruptcy, but no later than 120 days past due and generally not placed on nonaccrual status prior to charge off. Commercial loans are typically written down to net realizable value when it is determined that the Company will be unable to collect the principal amount in full and the amount of the loss is estimable, in any event no later than 180 days. All classes of loans are considered past due or delinquent when a contractual payment has not been satisfied. In all cases, loans are placed on non-accrual status or charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal and interest is considered doubtful and in accordance with regulatory requirements.

For both the commercial and consumer loan segments, all interest accrued but not collected for loans placed on non-accrual status or charged-off is reversed against interest income and accrual of interest income is terminated. Payments and interest on these loans are accounted for using the cost-recovery method by applying all payments received as a reduction to the outstanding principal balance until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. The determination of future payments being reasonably assured varies depending on the circumstances present with the loan however, the timely payment of contractual amounts owed for six consecutive months is a primary indicator. In addition, the return of a loan to accrual status is considered and approved by the Company’s Special Assets Loan Committee.

Allowance for Loan Losses (“ALL”)—The provision for loan losses charged to operations is an amount sufficient to bring the allowance for loan losses to an estimated balance that management considers adequate to absorb potential losses in the portfolio. Loans are charged against the allowance when management believes the collectability of the principal is unlikely. Recoveries of amounts previously charged-off are credited to the allowance. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on an evaluation of the composition of the loan portfolio, the value and adequacy of collateral, current economic conditions, historical loan loss experience, and other risk factors. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, particularly those affecting real estate values. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

The Company performs regular credit reviews of the loan portfolio to review the credit quality and adherence to our underwriting standards. The credit reviews consist of reviews by its internal credit administration group and reviews performed by an independent third party. Upon origination each commercial loan is assigned a risk rating ranging from one to nine, with loans closer to one having less risk, and this risk rating scale is our primary credit quality indicator. Consumer loans are generally not

 

60


Table of Contents

risk rated, the primary credit quality indicator for this portfolio segment is delinquency status. The Company has various committees that review and ensure that the allowance for loan losses methodology is in accordance with GAAP and loss factors used appropriately reflect the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio.

The Company’s ALL consists of specific, general and unallocated components.

Specific Reserve Component—The specific component relates to commercial loans that are classified as impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Upon being identified as impaired an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan for loans not considered to be collateral dependant. The significant majority of the Company’s impaired loans are collateral dependent. The impairment of collateral dependent loans is measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral (based on independent appraisals), less selling costs, compared to the carrying value of the loan. The Company obtains independent appraisals from a pre-approved list of independent, third party, appraisal firms located in the market in which the collateral is located. The Company’s approved appraiser list is continuously maintained to ensure the list only includes such appraisers that have the experience, reputation, character, and knowledge of the respective real estate market. At a minimum, it is ascertained that the appraiser is currently licensed in the state in which the property is located, experienced in the appraisal of properties similar to the property being appraised, has knowledge of current real estate market conditions and financing trends, and is reputable. The Company’s internal real estate valuation group performs either a technical or administrative review of all appraisals obtained. A technical review will ensure the overall quality of the appraisal while an administrative review ensures that all of the required components of an appraisal are present. Generally, independent appraisals are updated every 12 to 24 months or as necessary. The Company’s impairment analysis documents the date of the appraisal used in the analysis, whether the officer preparing the report deems it current, and, if not, allows for internal valuation adjustments with justification. Adjustments to appraisals generally include discounts for continued market deterioration subsequent to appraisal date. Any adjustments from appraised value to carrying value are documented in the impairment analysis, which is reviewed and approved by senior credit administration officers and the Special Assets Loan Committee. External appraisals are the primary source to value collateral dependent loans; however, the Company may also utilize values obtained through broker price opinions or other valuations sources. These alternative sources of value are used only if deemed to be more representative of value based on updated information regarding collateral resolution. Impairment analyses are updated, reviewed and approved on a quarterly basis at or near the end of each reporting period.

General Reserve Component—The general component covers non-impaired loans and is derived from an estimate of credit losses adjusted for various environmental factors applicable to both commercial and consumer loan segments. The estimate of credit losses is a function of the product of net charge-off historical loss experience to the loan balance of the loan portfolio averaged during the preceding twelve quarters as management has determined this to adequately reflect the losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The environmental factors consist of national, local and portfolio characteristics and are applied to both the commercial and consumer segments. The following table shows the types of environmental factors management considers:

 

61


Table of Contents

 

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS

Portfolio

 

National

 

Local

Experience and ability of lending team

  Interest rates   Level of economic activity

Depth of lending team

  Inflation   Unemployment

Pace of loan growth

  Unemployment   Competition

Franchise expansion

  Gross domestic product   Rural vs. urban market

Execution of loan risk rating process

  General market risk and other concerns   Military/government impact

Degree of oversight / underwriting standards

  Legislative and regulatory environment  

Value of real estate serving as collateral

   

Delinquency levels in portfolio

   

Charge-off levels in portfolio

   

Credit concentrations / nature and volume of the portfolio

   

Unallocated Component – This component may be used to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio. Together, the specific, general, and any unallocated allowance for loan loss represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. Though provisions for loan losses may be based on specific loans, the entire allowance for loan losses is available for any loan management deems necessary to charge-off. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no material amounts considered unallocated as part of the allowance for loan losses.

Impaired Loans

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Generally, a loan that is classified substandard or worse is considered impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The impairment loan policy is the same for each of the seven classes within the commercial portfolio segment.

For the consumer loan portfolio segment, large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. This evaluation subjects each of the Company’s homogenous pools to a historical loss factor derived from net charge-offs experienced over the preceding twelve quarters. The Company applies payments received on impaired loans to principal and interest based on the contractual terms until they are placed on nonaccrual status at which time all payments received are applied to reduce the principal balance and recognition of interest income is terminated as previously discussed.

Troubled Debt Restructurings—In situations where, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial condition, management may grant a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider, the related loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). Management strives to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early and work with them to modify their loan to more affordable terms before their loan reaches nonaccrual status. These modified terms may include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, extension of terms that are considered to be below market, conversion to interest only, and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of

 

62


Table of Contents

the collateral. In cases where borrowers are granted new terms that provide for a reduction of either interest or principal, management measures any impairment on the restructuring as noted above for impaired loans. There were no modifications that met this classification for the years ending December 31, 2011 and 2010. Restructured loans for which there was no rate concession, and therefore made at a market rate of interest, may subsequently be eligible to be removed from TDR status in periods subsequent to the restructuring depending on the performance of the loan. The Company reviews previously restructured loans quarterly in order to determine whether any have performed, subsequent to the restructure, at a level that would allow for them to be removed from TDR status. The Company generally would consider a change in this classification if the loan has performed under the restructured terms for a consecutive twelve month period.

On July 1, 2011, the Company adopted the amendments in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-02, A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring (“ASU 2011-02”). As a result of adopting the amendments in ASU 2011-02, the Company reassessed all loans that were renewed on or after January 1, 2011 for identification as a TDR. The Company identified as troubled debt restructurings certain loans for which impairment had previously been measured collectively within their homogeneous pool. Upon identifying those loans as TDRs, the Company identified them as impaired under the guidance in ASC 310-10-35. The amendments in ASU 2011-02 require prospective evaluation of the impairment measurement guidance for those receivables newly identified as impaired. At December 31, 2011, the recorded investment in loans for which the allowance for loan losses were previously measured collectively within their homogeneous pool and now considered impaired, due to being designated as a TDR, was $23.7 million, and the allowance for loan losses associated with those loans, on the basis of a current evaluation of loss, was $221,000. The impact of this new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s non-performing assets, allowance for loan losses, earnings, or capital.

Bank Premises and Equipment—Land is carried at cost. Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method based on the type of asset involved. The Company’s policy is to capitalize additions and improvements and to depreciate the cost thereof over their estimated useful lives ranging from 3 to 40 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the life of the related lease or the estimated life of the related asset. Maintenance, repairs, and renewals are expensed as they are incurred.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets—The Company’s intangible assets are comprised of goodwill and other intangible assets that were acquired in business combinations. ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”), prescribes accounting for goodwill and intangible assets subsequent to initial recognition. The provisions of ASC 350 discontinue the amortization of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives but require at least an annual impairment review and more frequently if certain impairment indicators are in evidence. The Company has determined that core deposit intangibles have a finite life, and therefore, will continue to be amortized over their estimated useful life.

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)—Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less selling costs, at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. When the carrying amount exceeds the acquisition date fair value, less selling costs, the excess is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell, any valuation adjustments occurring from post acquisition reviews are charged to expense as incurred. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in Loan and OREO disclosed in Note 19, “Other Operating Expenses,” in these “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Transfers of Financial Assets—Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the

 

63


Table of Contents

assets have been isolated from the Company – put presumptively beyond reach of the transferor and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.

Bank Owned Life Insurance—The Company has purchased life insurance on certain key employees and directors. These policies are recorded at their cash surrender value ($53.2 million and $51.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively) and included in “Other assets” on the consolidated balance sheet. Income generated from polices is recorded as noninterest income.

Derivatives—Derivatives are recognized as assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and measured at fair value. The Company’s derivatives are interest rate swap agreements. For asset/liability management purposes, the Company uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge various exposures or to modify the interest rate characteristics of various balance sheet accounts. For those derivatives designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the derivative’s unrealized gain or loss is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. For the Company’s loan swaps, offsetting fair values are recorded in other assets and other liabilities with no net effect on other operating income.

Loan Fees—Fees collected and certain costs incurred related to loan originations are deferred and amortized as an adjustment to interest income over the life of the related loans. Deferred fees and costs are recorded as an adjustment to loans outstanding using a method that approximates a constant yield.

Stock Compensation Plan—The Company has adopted ASC 718 Compensation – Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), which requires the costs resulting from all stock-based payments to employees be recognized in the financial statements. Stock-based compensation is estimated at the date of grant, using the Black-Scholes option valuation model for determining fair value of stock options. The market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used for nonvested stock awards. The model employs the following assumptions:

 

   

Dividend yield—calculated as the ratio of historical dividends paid per share of common stock to the stock price on the date of grant;

 

   

Expected life (term of the option)—based on the average of the contractual life and vesting schedule for the respective option;

 

   

Expected volatility—based on the monthly historical volatility of the Company’s stock price over the expected life of the options; and

 

   

Risk-free interest rate—based upon the U. S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) bill yield curve, for periods within the contractual life of the option, in effect at the time of grant.

ASC 718 requires the Company to estimate forfeitures when recognizing compensation expense and that this estimate of forfeitures be adjusted over the requisite service period or vesting schedule based on the extent to which actual forfeitures differ from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures are recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment, which is recognized in the period of change, and also will affect the amount of estimated unamortized compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.

For more information and tables refer to Note 10 “Employee Benefits” within the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Income Taxes—Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the asset and liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the various balance sheet

 

64


Table of Contents

assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws. Deferred taxes are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.

Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits are classified as additional income taxes in the consolidated statement of income. The Company did not have any of these for the periods ending December 31, 2011, 2010 or 2009.

Advertising CostsThe Company follows a policy of charging the cost of advertising to expense as incurred. Advertising costs are disclosed in Note 19 “Other Operating Expenses” in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Earnings Per Common Share—Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Net income available to common stockholders deducts from net income the dividends and discount accretion on preferred stock. Diluted earnings per common share reflect additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding stock options and nonvested stock and are determined using the treasury stock method.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)—Comprehensive income (loss) represents all changes in equity that result from recognized transactions and other economic events of the period. Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses under GAAP that are included in comprehensive income, but excluded from net income, such as unrealized gains and losses on certain investments in debt and equity securities and interest rate swaps.

Off Balance Sheet Credit Related Financial Instruments—In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Rate Lock Commitments—The Company enters into commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. The period of time between issuance of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 30 to 120 days. The Company protects itself from changes in interest rates through the use of best efforts forward delivery commitments, whereby the Company commits to sell a loan at the time the borrower commits to an interest rate with the intent that the buyer has assumed interest rate risk on the loan. As a result, the Company is not exposed to losses and will not realize significant gains related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. The correlation between the rate lock commitments and the best efforts contracts is very high due to their similarity.

 

65


Table of Contents

The market value of rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts is not readily ascertainable with precision because rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts are not actively traded in stand-alone markets. The Company determines the fair value of rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts by measuring the change in the value of the underlying asset while taking into consideration the probability that the rate lock commitments will close. Because of the high correlation between rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts, no gain or loss occurs on the rate lock commitments.

Asset Prepayment Rates—The Company purchases amortizing loan pools and investment securities in which the underlying assets are residential mortgage loans subject to prepayments. The actual principal reduction on these assets varies from the expected contractual principal reduction due to principal prepayments resulting from the borrowers’ election to refinance the underlying mortgage based on market and other conditions. The purchase premiums and discounts associated with these assets are amortized or accreted to interest income over the estimated life of the related assets. The estimated life is calculated by projecting future prepayments and the resulting principal cash flows until maturity. Prepayment rate projections utilize actual prepayment speed experience and available market information on similar instruments. The prepayment rates form the basis for income recognition of premiums and discounts on the related assets. Changes in prepayment estimates may cause the earnings recognized on these assets to vary over the term that the assets are held, creating volatility in the net interest margin. Prepayment rate assumptions are monitored monthly and updated periodically to reflect actual activity and the most recent market projections.

Concentrations of Credit Risk—Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located in portions of Central and Tidewater Virginia. Securities Available for Sale and Loans also represent concentrations of credit risk and are discussed in Note 3 “Securities Available for Sale” and Note 4 “Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses” in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements,” respectively.

Reclassifications—The accompanying consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes, for prior periods reflect certain reclassifications in order to conform to the current presentation. The results of the reclassifications are not considered material and have no effect on previously reported net earnings available to comment shareholders and earnings per share.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements—In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements” (“ASU 2010-06”). This amends previous guidance to clarify existing disclosures, require new disclosures, and includes conforming amendments to guidance on employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets. ASU 2010-06 became effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures were effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, “Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses.” The new disclosure guidance significantly expands the existing requirements and will lead to greater transparency into a company’s exposure to credit losses from lending arrangements. The extensive new disclosures of information as of the end of a reporting period became effective for both interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. Specific disclosures regarding activity that occurred before the issuance of the ASU, such as the allowance roll forward and modification disclosures were required for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The Company has included the required disclosures in its consolidated financial statements.

 

66


Table of Contents

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, “Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations.” The guidance requires pro forma disclosure for business combinations that occurred in the current reporting period as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the year had been as of the beginning of the annual reporting period. If comparative financial statements are presented, the pro forma information should be reported as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the current year had been as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. This ASU was effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Early adoption was permitted. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, “When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts.” The amendments in this guidance modify step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. The amendments in this ASU were effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has issued Final Rule No. 33-9002, “Interactive Data to Improve Financial Reporting,” which requires companies to submit financial statements in extensible business reporting language (“XBRL”) format with their SEC filings on a phased-in schedule. Large accelerated filers and foreign large accelerated filers using U.S. GAAP were required to provide interactive data reports starting with their first quarterly reports for fiscal periods ending on or after June 15, 2010. All remaining filers were required to provide interactive data reports starting with their first quarterly report for fiscal periods ending on or after June 15, 2011. The Company complied with this Rule beginning with the filing on the June 30, 2011 Form 10-Q.

In March 2011, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 114. This SAB revises or rescinds portions of the interpretive guidance included in the codification of the SAB. This update is intended to make the relevant interpretive guidance consistent with current authoritative accounting guidance issued as a part of the FASB’s codification. The principal changes involve revision or removal of accounting guidance references and other conforming changes to ensure consistency of referencing through the SAB series. The effective date for SAB 114 was March 28, 2011. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-02, “A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring” (“ASU 2011-02”). This ASU clarifies the guidance on a creditor’s evaluation of whether it has granted a concession to a debtor. It also clarifies the guidance on a creditor’s evaluation of whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulty. The amendments in this guidance became effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011. Early adoption was permitted. Retrospective application to the beginning of the annual period of adoption for modifications occurring on or after the beginning of the annual adoption period was required. As a result of applying these amendments, the Company identified receivables that are newly considered to be impaired. For purposes of measuring impairment of those receivables, and in accordance with the ASU, the Company applied the amendments prospectively for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011. The Company has adopted ASU 2011-02 and included the required disclosures in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-03, “Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860) – Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements” (“ASU 2011-03”). The amendments in this ASU remove from the assessment of effective control (1) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by

 

67


Table of Contents

the transferee and (2) the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion. The amendments in this ASU are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The guidance should be applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occur on or after the effective date. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2011-03 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) – Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs” (“ASU 2011-04”). This ASU is the result of joint efforts by the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board to develop a single, converged fair value framework on how (not when) to measure fair value and what disclosures to provide about fair value measurements. The ASU is largely consistent with existing fair value measurement principles in U.S. GAAP (Topic 820), with many of the amendments made to eliminate unnecessary wording differences between U.S. GAAP and international financial reporting standards. The amendments are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 with prospective application. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2011-04 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) – Presentation of Comprehensive Income” (“ASU 2011-05”). The objective of this ASU is to improve the comparability, consistency and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income by eliminating the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The amendments require that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The single statement of comprehensive income should include the components of net income, a total for net income, the components of other comprehensive income, a total for other comprehensive income, and a total for comprehensive income. In the two-statement approach, the first statement should present total net income and its components followed consecutively by a second statement that should present all the components of other comprehensive income, a total for other comprehensive income, and a total for comprehensive income. The amendments do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income, the option for an entity to present components of other comprehensive income either net of related tax effects or before related tax effects, or the calculation or reporting of earnings per share. The amendments in this ASU should be applied retrospectively. The amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted because compliance with the amendments is already permitted. The amendments do not require transition disclosures. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2011-05 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2011, the SEC issued Final Rule No. 33-9250, “Technical Amendments to Commission Rules and Forms related to the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification.” The SEC has adopted technical amendments to various rules and forms under the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Investment Company Act of 1940. These revisions were necessary to conform those rules and forms to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The technical amendments include revision of certain rules in Regulation S-X, certain items in Regulation S-K, and various rules and forms prescribed under the Securities Act, Exchange Act and Investment Company Act. The release was effective as of August 12, 2011. The adoption of the release did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Intangible – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) – Testing Goodwill for Impairment.” The amendments in this ASU permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors related to goodwill to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to

 

68


Table of Contents

perform the two-step goodwill test described in Topic 350. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. Under the amendments in this ASU, an entity is not required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, including annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed as of a date before September 15, 2011, if an entity’s financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2011-08 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210) – Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” This ASU requires entities to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the balance sheet and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. An entity is required to apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2011-11 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) – Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” The amendments are being made to allow FASB time to redeliberate whether to present on the face of the financial statements the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income for all periods presented. While FASB is considering the operational concerns about the presentation requirements for reclassification adjustments and the needs of financial statement users for additional information about reclassification adjustments, entities should continue to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the presentation requirements in effect before ASU 2011-05. All other requirements in ASU 2011-05 are not affected by ASU 2011-12, including the requirement to report comprehensive income either in a single continuous financial statement or in two separate but consecutive financial statements. Public entities should apply these requirements for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2011-12 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

2. ACQUISITIONS

Harrisonburg Branch Acquisition

On May 20, 2011 the Company completed the purchase of the NewBridge Bank branch in Harrisonburg, Virginia and a potential branch site in Waynesboro, Virginia. Under the parties’ agreement, the Company purchased loans of $72.5 million, assumed deposit liabilities of $48.9 million, and purchased the related fixed assets of the branch. The Company operates the acquired bank branch under the name Union First Market Bank (the “Harrisonburg branch”). The acquisition, which allowed the Company to establish immediately a meaningful presence in a new banking market, is consistent with the Company’s secondary growth strategy of expanding operations along the Interstate Route 81 corridor. The Company’s consolidated statements of income include the results of operations of the Harrisonburg branch from the closing date of the acquisition.

In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded $1.8 million of goodwill and $9,500 of core deposit intangibles. The core deposit intangible of $9,500 was expensed in the current period. The recorded goodwill was allocated to the community banking segment of the Company and is deductible for tax purposes.

 

69


Table of Contents

The Company acquired the $72.5 million loan portfolio at a fair value discount of $1.7 million. The discount represents expected credit losses, adjustments to market interest rates and liquidity adjustments. The performing loan portfolio fair value estimate was $70.5 million and the impaired loan portfolio fair value estimate was $276,000.

The consideration paid for the Harrisonburg branch and the amounts of acquired identifiable assets and liabilities as of the acquisition date were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

Purchase price:

  

Cash

   $ 26,437   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

     26,437   

Identifiable assets:

  

Cash and due from banks

     230   

Loans and leases

     70,817   

Core deposit intangible

     10   

Other assets

     2,481   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     73,538   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity:

  

Deposits

     48,869   

Other liabilities

     65   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     48,934   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

     24,604   
  

 

 

 
  

 

 

 

Goodwill resulting from acquisition

   $ 1,833   
  

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, interest income of approximately $3.3 million was recorded on loans acquired in the Harrisonburg branch acquisition. The outstanding principal balance and the carrying amount of these loans included in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

Outstanding principal balance

   $ 54,953   

Carrying amount

   $ 53,359   

Loans obtained in the acquisition of the Harrisonburg branch for which there is specific evidence of credit deterioration and for which it was probable that the Company would be unable to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments represent less than 0.01% of the Company’s consolidated assets and, accordingly, are not considered material.

The amounts of the Harrisonburg branch revenue and earnings included in the Company’s consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2011, and the revenue and earnings of the combined entity had the acquisition date been January 1, 2010, are presented in the pro forma table below. These results combine the historical results of the Harrisonburg branch into the Company’s consolidated statement of income and, while certain adjustments were made for the estimated impact of certain fair valuation adjustments and other acquisition-related activity, they are not indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition taken place on January 1, 2010. In particular, no adjustments have been made to include provision for loan losses in 2010 on the acquired loan portfolio and related branch specific income taxes. The disclosure of the Harrisonburg branch post-acquisition revenue and net income were not practicable due to combining its operations with the Bank upon closing of the acquisition.

 

70


Table of Contents
     Pro forma
for the year ended
December 31,
 
     2011      2010  
(dollars in thousands)              

Total revenues

   $ 234,450       $ 242,819   

Net income

   $ 31,847       $ 26,831   

The 2011 supplemental pro forma earnings were adjusted to exclude $426,000 of acquisition-related costs incurred in 2011 and $776,000 of nonrecurring income principally related to the fair value adjustments to acquisition-date loans and deposits. The 2011 supplemental pro forma earnings were adjusted to include these charges.

Acquisition related expenses associated with the acquisition of Harrisonburg branch were $426,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, and are recorded in “Other operating expenses” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. There were no acquisition related expenses related to the Harrisonburg branch for the year ended December 31, 2010. Such costs principally included system conversion and operations integration charges which have been expensed as incurred.

First Market Bank Acquisition

On February 1, 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of First Market Bank, in an all stock transaction. First Market Bank’s common shareholders received 6,273.259 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for each share of First Market Bank’s common stock, resulting in the Company issuing 6,701,478 common shares. The Series A preferred shareholder of First Market Bank received 775,795 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for all shares of the FMB Series A preferred stock. In connection with the transaction, the Company issued a total of 7,477,273 common shares with an acquisition date fair value of $96.1 million. The Series B and Series C preferred shareholder of First Market Bank received 35,595 shares of the Company’s Series B preferred stock in exchange for all shares of the Series B and Series C preferred stock.

The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration exchanged were recorded at estimated fair values on the acquisition date. The consideration paid for First Market Bank and the amounts of acquired identifiable assets and liabilities and preferred equity assumed as of the acquisition date were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

71


Table of Contents

Purchase price:

  

Value of:

  

Common shares issued (7,477,273 shares)

   $ 96,083   

U. S. Treasury investment in First Market Bank

     34,192   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

     130,275   

Identifiable assets:

  

Cash and due from banks

     137,460   

Investment securities

     218,676   

Loans and leases

     981,541   

Core deposit intangible

     26,400   

Other assets

     51,049   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     1,415,126   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity:

  

Deposits

     1,208,323   

Short-term borrowings

     60,000   

Long-term borrowings

     15,789   

Other liabilities

     1,832   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,285,944   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

     129,182   
  

 

 

 
  

 

 

 

Goodwill resulting from acquisition

   $ 1,093   
  

 

 

 

Interest income on acquired loans for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $36.9 million and $49.2 million, respectively. The outstanding principal balance and the carrying amount of these loans included in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

December 31, 2011:

  

Outstanding principal balance

   $ 632,602   

Carrying amount

   $ 620,048   

December 31, 2010:

  

Outstanding principal balance

   $ 835,706   

Carrying amount

   $ 813,947   

Loans obtained in the acquisition of the First Market Bank for which there is specific evidence of credit deterioration and for which it was probable that the Company would be unable to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments represent less than 0.25% of the Company’s consolidated assets and, accordingly, are not considered material.

 

72


Table of Contents

3. SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of securities available for sale at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

            Gross Unrealized        
     Amortized
Cost
     Gains      (Losses)     Estimated
Fair Value
 

December 31, 2011

          

U.S. government and agency securities

   $ 3,933       $ 351       $ —        $ 4,284   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     189,117         11,337         (247     200,207   

Corporate and other bonds

     12,839         188         (787     12,240   

Mortgage-backed securities

     390,329         10,434         (445     400,318   

Federal Reserve Bank stock—restricted

     6,714         —           —          6,714   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock—restricted

     13,947         —           —          13,947   

Other securities

     3,044         77         (4     3,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 619,923       $ 22,387       $ (1,483   $ 640,827   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

          

U.S. government and agency securities

   $ 9,610       $ 454       $ (103   $ 9,961   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     176,431         2,189         (3,588     175,032   

Corporate and other bonds

     15,543         380         (858     15,065   

Mortgage-backed securities

     334,696         9,767         (425     344,038   

Federal Reserve Bank stock—restricted

     6,716         —           —          6,716   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock—restricted

     18,345         —           —          18,345   

Other securities

     3,259         32         (7     3,284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 564,600       $ 12,822       $ (4,981   $ 572,441   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale as of December 31, 2011, by contractual maturity (dollars in thousands). Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

     Amortized      Estimated  
     Cost      Fair Value  

Due in one year or less

   $ 6,046       $ 6,098   

Due after one year through five years

     18,771         19,408   

Due after five years through ten years

     76,044         80,214   

Due after ten years

     495,357         511,329   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 596,219       $ 617,049   

Federal Reserve Bank stock—restricted

     6,714         6,714   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock—restricted

     13,947         13,947   

Other securities

     3,044         3,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 619,923       $ 640,827   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities with an amortized cost of $172.1 million and $175.8 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, repurchase agreements and for other purposes. Sales, calls, maturities and paydowns of securities available for sale produced the following results for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in thousands):

 

73


Table of Contents
     2011     2010      2009  

Proceeds from sales

   $ 28,800      $ 106,549       $ 14,005   

Proceeds from calls, maturities and paydowns

     126,786        126,158         83,964   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total proceeds

     155,586      $ 232,707       $ 97,969   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross realized gains

   $ 913      $ 58       $ 163   

OTTI writedown

     (400     —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net realized gains

   $ 513      $ 58       $ 163   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The primary purpose of the investment portfolio is to generate income and meet liquidity needs of the Company through readily saleable financial instruments. The portfolio includes fixed rate bonds, whose prices move inversely with rates. At the end of any accounting period, the investment portfolio has unrealized gains and losses. The Company monitors the portfolio, which is subject to liquidity needs, market rate changes and credit risk changes, to see if adjustments are needed. The primary cause of temporary impairments was the increase in spreads over comparable Treasury bonds. As of December 31, 2011, there were $4.9 million, or 5 issues, of individual securities that had been in a continuous loss position for more than 12 months. These securities had an unrealized loss of $722,000 and consisted of municipal obligations and corporate bonds. As of December 31, 2010, there were $18.9 million, or 43 issues, of individual securities that had been in a continuous loss position for more than 12 months. These securities had an unrealized loss of $2.0 million and consisted primarily of municipal obligations and corporate bonds.

The Company recognizes an impairment is other-than-temporary if any of the following conditions exists: the entity intends to sell the security; it is more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or the entity does not expect to recover the security’s entire amortized cost basis (even if the entity does not intend to sell). If a credit loss exists, but an entity does not intend to sell the impaired debt security and is not more likely than not to be required to sell before recovery, the impairment is other-than-temporary and should be separated into a credit portion to be recognized in earnings and the remaining amount relating to all other factors recognized as other comprehensive loss.

During each quarter and at year end, the Company conducts an assessment of the securities portfolio for OTTI consideration. The Company determined that a single issuer Trust Preferred security incurred credit-related other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”) of $400,000 during the year ended December 31, 2011. No OTTI was recognized in 2010 or 2009. There is a possibility that the Company will sell the security before recovering all unamortized costs. The significant inputs the Company considered in determining the amount of the credit loss are as follows:

 

   

The assessment of security credit rating agencies and research performed by third parties;

 

   

The continued interest payment deferral by the issuer;

 

   

The lack of improving asset quality of the issuer and worsening economic conditions; and

 

   

The security is thinly traded and trading at its historical low, below par.

 

74


Table of Contents

OTTI recognized for the periods presented is summarized as follow (dollars in thousands):

 

       OTTI Losses  

Cumulative credit losses on investment securities, through December 31, 2010

     $ —     

Cumulative credit losses on investment securities

       —     

Additions for credit losses not previously regognized

       400   
    

 

 

 

Cumulative credit losses on investment securities, through December 31, 2011

     $ 400   
    

 

 

 

The following tables present the gross unrealized losses and fair values as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position (dollars in thousands):

 

     Less than 12 months     More than 12 months     Total  
     Fair value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair value      Unrealized
Losses
 

As of December 31, 2011

               

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 5,429       $ (152   $ 1,090       $ (95   $ 6,519       $ (247

Mortgage-backed securities

     97,203         (445     —           —          97,203         (445

Corporate and other bonds and securities

     2,342         (165     3,790         (626     6,132         (791
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 104,974       $ (762   $ 4,880       $ (721   $ 109,854       $ (1,483
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010

               

U.S. government and agency securities

   $ 43       $ (103   $ —         $ —        $ 43       $ (103

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     82,952         (2,451     14,762         (1,137     97,714         (3,588

Mortgage-backed securities

     49,515         (425     —           —          49,515         (425

Corporate and other bonds and securities

     —           (7     4,104         (858     4,104         (865
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 132,510       $ (2,986   $ 18,866       $ (1,995   $ 151,376       $ (4,981
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Loans are stated at their face amount, net of unearned income, and consist of the following at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

     2011      2010  

Commercial:

     

Commercial Construction

   $ 185,359       $ 205,713   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner Occupied

     452,407         445,097   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner Occupied

     655,083         574,690   

Raw Land and Lots

     214,284         243,662   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     192,437         183,867   

Commercial and Industrial

     212,268         231,306   

Other Commercial

     44,403         55,290   

Consumer:

     

Mortgage

     219,646         212,228   

Consumer Construction

     20,757         15,615   

Indirect Auto

     162,708         180,769   

Indirect Marine

     39,819         46,417   

HELOCs

     277,101         275,229   

Credit Card

     19,006         17,103   

Other Consumer

     123,305         150,267   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,818,583       $ 2,837,253   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

The following table shows the aging of Company’s loan portfolio, by class, at December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     30-59 Days
Past  Due
     60-89 Days
Past  Due
     Greater Than
90  Days and
still Accruing
     Purchased
Impaired (net  of
credit mark)
     Nonaccrual      Current      Total Loans  

Commercial:

                    

Commercial Construction

   $ —         $ —         $ 490       $ —         $ 10,276       $ 174,593       $ 185,359   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner Occupied

     520         —           2,482         1,292         5,962         442,151         452,407   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner Occupied

     190         64         2,887         1,133         2,031         648,778         655,083   

Raw Land and Lots

     94         1,124         —           5,623         13,322         194,121         214,284   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     779         70         3,637         388         5,048         182,515         192,437   

Commercial and Industrial

     601         185         3,369         392         5,297         202,424         212,268   

Other Commercial

     —           25         —           —           238         44,140         44,403   

Consumer:

                    

Mortgage

     6,748         412         3,804         —           240         208,442         219,646   

Consumer Construction

     —           —           —           —           207         20,550         20,757   

Indirect Auto

     2,653         416         443         40         7         159,149         162,708   

Indirect Marine

     189         795         —           —           544         38,291         39,819   

HELOCs

     1,678         547         820         865         885         272,306         277,101   

Credit Card

     245         184         323         —           —           18,254         19,006   

Other Consumer

     1,421         443         1,657         164         777         118,843         123,305   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,118       $ 4,265       $ 19,912       $ 9,897       $ 44,834       $ 2,724,557       $ 2,818,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows the aging of Company’s loan portfolio, by class, at December 31, 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

     30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
     Greater Than
90 Days and
still Accruing
     Purchased
Impaired (net  of
credit mark)
     Nonaccrual      Current      Total Loans  

Commercial:

                    

Commercial Construction

   $ 1,834       $ 283       $ 900       $ 1,170       $ 11,410       $ 190,116       $ 205,713   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner Occupied

     1,607         2,027         1,351         1,799         6,261         432,052         445,097   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner Occupied

     4,671         424         186         1,201         3,896         564,312         574,690   

Raw Land and Lots

     3,706         631         1,354         7,080         22,546         208,345         243,662   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     1,486         281         50         715         10,226         171,109         183,867   

Commercial and Industrial

     1,727         204         919         835         4,797         222,824         231,306   

Other Commercial

     —           99         208         —           458         54,525         55,290   

Consumer:

                    

Mortgage

     5,967         1,944         4,242         —           261         199,814         212,228   

Consumer Construction

     159         —           —           —           218         15,238         15,615   

Indirect Auto

     3,457         613         729         82         14         175,874         180,769   

Indirect Marine

     920         181         481         —           124         44,711         46,417   

HELOCs

     1,155         371         1,704         980         1,329         269,690         275,229   

Credit Card

     292         90         199         —           —           16,522         17,103   

Other Consumer

     2,447         624         3,009         137         176         143,874         150,267   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 29,428       $ 7,772       $ 15,332       $ 13,999       $ 61,716       $ 2,709,006       $ 2,837,253   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans totaled $44.8 million and $61.7 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Had these loans performed in accordance with their original terms, interest income of approximately $1.3 million, $1.0 million, and $566,000 would have been recorded in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. There were no non-accrual loans excluded from impaired loan disclosure at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Loans past due 90 days or more and accruing interest totaled $19.9 million and $15.3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The following table shows purchased impaired commercial and consumer loan portfolios, by class, and their delinquency status through December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

76


Table of Contents

 

     30-89 Days
Past Due
     Greater than
90 Days
     Current      Total  

Commercial:

           

Commercial Real Estate—Owner Occupied

   $ 206       $ 50       $ 1,036       $ 1,292   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner Occupied

     —           1,133         —           1,133   

Raw Land and Lots

     —           —           5,623         5,623   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     —           —           388         388   

Commercial and Industrial

     —           302         90         392   

Consumer:

           

Indirect Auto

     6         11         23         40   

HELOCs

     19         32         814         865   

Other Consumer

     —           77         87         164   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 231       $ 1,605       $ 8,061       $ 9,897   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The current column includes loans that are less than 30 days past due.

The following table shows purchased impaired commercial and consumer loan portfolios, by class, and their delinquency status through December 31, 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

     30-89 Days
Past Due
     Greater than
90 Days
     Current      Total  

Commercial:

           

Commercial Construction

   $ —         $ 1,170       $ —         $ 1,170   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner Occupied

     —           791         1,008         1,799   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner Occupied

     —           1,201         —           1,201   

Raw Land and Lots

     —           7,080         —           7,080   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     —           344         371         715   

Commercial and Industrial

     —           835         —           835   

Consumer:

           

Indirect Auto

     8         10         64         82   

HELOCs

     20         844         116         980   

Other Consumer

     81         55         1         137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 109       $ 12,330       $ 1,560       $ 13,999   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The current column includes loans that are less than 30 days past due.

The Company measures the amount of impairment by evaluating loans either in their collective homogeneous pools or individually. At December 31, 2011, the Company had $255.1 million in loans considered to be impaired of which $12.3 million were collectively evaluated for impairment and $242.8 million were individually evaluated for impairment. The following table shows the Company’s impaired loans individually evaluated for impairment, by class, at December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

77


Table of Contents

 

     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     YTD
Average
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Loans without a specific allowance

              

Commercial:

              

Commercial Construction

   $ 40,475       $ 40,524       $ —         $ 37,835       $ 1,690   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner Occupied

     20,487         21,010         —           23,364         1,183   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner Occupied

     37,799         37,855         —           38,084         2,002   

Raw Land and Lots

     46,791         46,890         —           47,808         1,306   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     11,285         11,349         —           11,684         637   

Commercial and Industrial

     9,467         9,959         —           10,216         423   

Other Commercial

     1,257         1,257         —           1,269         75   

Consumer:

              

Mortgage

     1,202         1,202         —           1,225         70   

HELOCs

     349         349         —           350         11   

Other Consumer

     —           —           —           1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans without a specific allowance

   $ 169,112       $ 170,395       $ —         $ 171,836       $ 7,397   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans with a specific allowance

              

Commercial:

              

Commercial Construction

   $ 12,927       $ 13,297       $ 583       $ 13,811       $ 343   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner Occupied

     8,679         8,788         1,961         8,681         267   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner Occupied

     8,858         8,879         1,069         9,010         322   

Raw Land and Lots

     22,188         22,429         991         24,553         973   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     9,020         9,312         1,140         9,571         321   

Commercial and Industrial

     8,980         9,133         3,320         10,448         369   

Other Commercial

     150         150         3         153         10   

Consumer:

              

Mortgage

     535         535         11         536         32   

Consumer Construction

     207         226         86         228         —     

Indirect Auto

     71         71         —           93         5   

Indirect Marine

     544         547         263         548         9   

HELOCs

     785         825         587         1,034         —     

Other Consumer

     777         804         284         815         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans with a specific allowance

   $ 73,721       $ 74,996       $ 10,298       $ 79,481       $ 2,656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 242,833       $ 245,391       $ 10,298       $ 251,317       $ 10,053   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company had $284.6 million in loans considered to be impaired of which $9.7 million were collectively evaluated for impairment and $274.9 million were individually evaluated for impairment. The following table shows the Company’s impaired loans individually evaluated for impairment, by class, at December 31, 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

78


Table of Contents
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     YTD
Average
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Loans without a specific allowance

              

Commercial:

              

Commercial Construction

   $ 39,509       $ 39,596       $ —         $ 42,954       $ 1,757   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner Occupied

     28,895         28,994         —           28,019         1,637   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner Occupied

     38,297         38,682         —           38,764         1,793   

Raw Land and Lots

     64,167         64,265         —           83,839         2,495   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     14,449         14,578         —           15,268         533   

Commercial and Industrial

     14,810         14,864         —           15,154         718   

Other Commercial

     1,840         1,885         —           1,905         104   

Consumer:

              

Mortgage

     2,326         2,340         —           2,396         105   

Indirect Auto

     133         134         —           160         9   

Indirect Marine

     124         124         —           124         5   

HELOCs

     779         780         —           780         26   

Other Consumer

     177         187         —           187         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans without a specific allowance

   $ 205,506       $ 206,429       $ —         $ 229,550       $ 9,182   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans with a specific allowance

              

Commercial:

              

Commercial Construction

   $ 17,909       $ 17,948       $ 1,762       $ 17,696       $ 920   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner Occupied

     3,807         3,844         546         3,196         203   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner Occupied

     4,890         4,898         694         4,992         320   

Raw Land and Lots

     18,898         19,044         4,234         18,554         687   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     7,954         7,975         787         8,077         307   

Commercial and Industrial

     11,944         12,092         2,533         11,784         458   

Other Commercial

     2,606         2,606         —           2,606         —     

Consumer:

              

Consumer Construction

     218         228         95         228         —     

HELOCs

     1,200         1,200         606         1,200         26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Consumer

   $ 69,426       $ 69,835       $ 11,257       $ 68,333       $ 2,921   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 274,932       $ 276,264       $ 11,257       $ 297,883       $ 12,103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the recorded investment in loans that were individually evaluated for impairment and have been identified as impaired loans, totaled $242.8 million and $274.9 million, respectively. Impaired loans of $73.7 million and $69.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, contained a valuation allowance of $10.3 million and $11.3 million, respectively. The remaining impaired loans of $169.1 million and $205.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010 did not require a valuation allowance. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the average investment in impaired loans was $251.3 million, $297.9 million, and $109.7 million, respectively. The interest income recorded on impaired loans was approximately $10.1 million, $12.1 million and $3.4 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company considers troubled debt restructurings to be impaired loans. A modification of a loan’s terms constitutes a TDR if the creditor grants a concession to the borrower for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties that it would not otherwise consider. Included in the impaired loan disclosure above are $112.6 million of loans considered to be troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2011. All loans that are considered to be TDRs are specifically evaluated for impairment in accordance with the Company’s allowance for loan loss methodology. For the year ended December 31, 2011 the recorded investment in restructured loans prior to modification was not materially impacted by the modification.

 

79


Table of Contents

The following table provides a summary, by class and modification type, of modified loans that continue to accrue interest under the terms of the restructuring agreement, which are considered to be performing, and modified loans that have been placed in nonaccrual status, which are considered to be nonperforming, as of December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Modified to Interest Only      Term Modification at Market Rate      Term Modification below Market Rate      Total  
     No. of
Loans
     Recorded
Investment
     Outstanding
Commitment
     No. of
Loans
     Recorded
Investment
     Outstanding
Commitment
     No. of
Loans
     Recorded
Investment
     Outstanding
Commitment
     No. of
Loans
     Recorded
Investment
     Outstanding
Commitment
 

Performing

                                   

Commercial:

                                   

Commercial Construction

     —         $ —         $ —           14       $ 21,461       $ 3,185         —         $ —         $ —           14       $ 21,461       $ 3,185   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner Occupied

     2         398         —           7         7,052         180         2         546         —           11         7,996         180   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner Occupied

     1         301         —           15         21,476         13         —           —           —           16         21,777         13   

Raw Land and Lots

     —           —           —           11         25,425         1         4         7,025         —           15         32,450         1   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     —           —           —           10         6,750         —           2         1,775         —           12         8,525         —     

Commercial and Industrial

     —           —           —           10         4,629         204         2         362         —           12         4,991         204   

Other Commercial

     —           —           —           4         864         —           —           —           —           4         864         —     

Consumer:

                                   

Mortgage

     —           —           —           —           —           —           1         507         —           1         507         —     

Other Consumer

     —           —           —           2         263         —           —           —           —           2         263         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total performing

     3       $ 699       $ —           73       $ 87,920       $ 3,583         11       $ 10,215       $ —           87       $ 98,834       $ 3,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NonPerforming

                                   

Commercial:

                                   

Commercial Construction

     —         $ —         $ —           1       $ 762       $ —           4       $ 4,591       $ —           5       $ 5,353       $ —     

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner Occupied

     1         218         —           1         74         —           —           —           —           2         292         —     

Raw Land and Lots

     1         341         —           2         358         —           3         3,643         —           6         4,342         —     

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     1         93         —           1         529         —           2         720         —           4         1,342         —     

Commercial and Industrial

     —           —           —           3         1,134         —           —           —           —           3         1,134         —     

Consumer:

                                   

Mortgage

     1         538         —           4         538         —           —           —           —           5         1,076         —     

Other Consumer

     —           —           —           1         265         —           —           —           —           1         265         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total nonperforming

     4       $ 1,190       $ —           13       $ 3,660       $ —           9       $ 8,954       $ —           26       $ 13,804       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

The Company considers a default of a restructured loan to occur when subsequent to the restructure, the borrower is 90 days past due or results in foreclosure and repossession of the applicable collateral. The following table shows, by class and modification type, TDRs that occurred during the twelve month period ended December 31, 2011 as well as their post-restructuring default status (dollars in thousands):

 

     Twelve months ended December 31, 2011  
     All Restructurings      Restructurings with
payment default
 
     No. of
Loans
     Recorded
investment at
period end
     No. of
Loans
     Recorded
investment at
period end
 

Interest only at market rate of interest

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial Construction

           

Commercial Real Estate—Owner Occupied

     2       $ 398         —         $ —     

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner Occupied

     1         218         —           —     

Raw Land and Lots

     1         341         1         341   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     1         93         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest only at market rate of interest

     5       $ 1,050         1       $ 341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loan term extended at a market rate

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial Construction

     15       $ 22,223         —         $ —     

Commercial Real Estate—Owner Occupied

     5         4,908         —           —     

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner Occupied

     16         21,551         —           —     

Raw Land and Lots

     13         25,784         —           —     

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     11         7,279         —           —     

Commercial and Industrial

     13         5,763         2         422   

Other Commercial

     4         864         —           —     

Consumer:

           

Mortgage

     4         538         —           —     

Other Consumer

     3         527         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loan term extended at a market rate

     84       $ 89,437         2       $ 422   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loan term extended at a below market rate

           

Commercial:

           

Commercial Construction

     4       $ 4,591         —         $ —     

Commercial Real Estate—Owner Occupied

     2         546         —           —     

Raw Land and Lots

     5         4,786         —           —     

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     4         2,495         1         1,390   

Commercial and Industrial

     2         362         —           —     

Consumer:

           

Mortgage

     1         507         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loan term extended at a below market rate

     18       $ 13,287         1       $ 1,390   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     107       $ 103,774         4       $ 2,153   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents

The following table shows the allowance for loan loss activity, portfolio segment types, balances for allowance for loan losses, and loans based on impairment methodology for the year ended December 31, 2011. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories (dollars in thousands):

 

     Commercial     Consumer     Unallocated     Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

        

Balance, beginning of the year

   $ 28,255      $ 10,189      $ (38   $ 38,406   

Recoveries credited to allowance

     924        1,206        —          2,130   

Loans charged off

     (10,891     (6,975     —          (17,866

Provision charged to operations

     9,603        7,078        119        16,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 27,891      $ 11,498      $ 81      $ 39,470   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

     8,982        1,231        —          10,213   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     18,824        10,267        81        29,172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     85        —          —          85   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 27,891      $ 11,498      $ 81      $ 39,470   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

        

Ending balance

   $ 1,956,241      $ 862,342      $ —        $ 2,818,583   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

     229,535        3,401        —          232,936   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,717,878        857,872        —          2,575,750   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     8,828        1,069        —          9,897   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,956,241      $ 862,342      $ —        $ 2,818,583   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents

The following table shows the allowance for loan loss activity, portfolio segment types, balances for allowance for credit losses, and loans based on impairment methodology for the year ended December 31, 2010. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories (dollars in thousands):

 

     Commercial      Consumer      Unallocated     Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

          

Balance, beginning of the year

           $ 30,484   

Recoveries credited to allowance

             2,103   

Loans charged off

             (18,549

Provision charged to operations

             24,368   
          

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 28,255       $ 10,189       $ (38   $ 38,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

     10,065         701         —          10,766   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     17,699         9,488         (38     27,149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     491         —           —          491   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 28,255       $ 10,189       $ (38   $ 38,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

          

Ending balance

   $ 1,939,625       $ 897,628       $ —        $ 2,837,253   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

     257,175         3,758         —          260,933   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,669,650         892,671         —          2,562,321   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     12,800         1,199         —          13,999   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,939,625       $ 897,628       $ —        $ 2,837,253   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Activity in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2009 is summarized below (dollars in thousands):

 

     2009  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 25,496   

Recoveries credited to allowance

     1,150   

Loans charged off

     (14,408

Provision charged to operations

     18,246   
  

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 30,484   
  

 

 

 

The Company uses the past due status and trends as the primary credit quality indicator of the consumer loan portfolio segment while a risk rating system is utilized for commercial loans. Commercial loans are graded on a scale of 1 through 9. A general description of the characteristics of the risk grades is as follows:

 

   

Risk rated 1 loans have little or no risk and are generally secured by cash or cash equivalents;

 

   

Risk rated 2 loans have minimal risk to well qualified borrowers and no significant questions as to safety;

 

83


Table of Contents
   

Risk rated 3 loans are satisfactory loans with strong borrowers and secondary sources of repayment;

 

   

Risk rated 4 loans are satisfactory loans with borrowers not as strong as risk rated 3 loans and may exhibit a greater degree of financial risk based on the type of business supporting the loan;

 

   

Risk rated 5 loans are watch loans that warrant more than the normal level of supervision and have the possibility of an event occurring that may weaken the borrower’s ability to repay;

 

   

Risk rated 6 loans have increasing potential weaknesses beyond those at which the loan originally was granted and if not addressed could lead to inadequately protecting the Company’s credit position;

 

   

Risk rated 7 loans are substandard loans and are inadequately protected by the current sound worth or paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged; these loans have well defined weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt with the distinct possibility the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected;

 

   

Risk rated 8 loans are doubtful of collection and the possibility of loss is high but pending specific borrower plans for recovery, its classification as a loss is deferred until its more exact status is determined; and

 

   

Risk rated 9 loans are loss loans which are considered uncollectable and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted.

The following table shows all loans, excluding purchased impaired loans, in the commercial portfolios by class with their related risk rating as of December 31, 2011. The risk rating information has been updated through December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     1-3      4      5      6      7      8      Total  

Commercial Construction

   $ 10,099       $ 84,299       $ 6,079       $ 36,650       $ 48,232       $ —         $ 185,359   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner Occupied

     88,430         296,825         17,604         21,158         26,389         709         451,115   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner Occupied

     149,346         367,244         58,844         38,662         39,854         —           653,950   

Raw Land and Lots

     4,368         99,374         18,767         33,673         52,204         275         208,661   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     32,741         116,570         11,928         14,358         16,452         —           192,049   

Commercial and Industrial

     35,120         123,872         22,079         11,559         19,066         180         211,876   

Other Commercial

     6,364         15,918         16,739         3,807         1,512         63         44,403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 326,468       $ 1,104,102       $ 152,040       $ 159,867       $ 203,709       $ 1,227       $ 1,947,413   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows all loans, excluding purchased impaired loans, in the commercial portfolios by class with their related risk rating as of December 31, 2010. The risk rating information has been updated through December 31, 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

     1-3      4      5      6      7      8      Total  

Commercial Construction

   $ 1,879       $ 98,526       $ 19,626       $ 28,879       $ 55,633       $ —         $ 204,543   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner Occupied

     82,992         262,712         39,811         26,829         30,954         —           443,298   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner Occupied

     138,515         306,182         43,715         40,889         44,090         98         573,489   

Raw Land and Lots

     1,213         88,159         26,255         38,516         82,439         —           236,582   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     28,619         110,314         11,714         10,121         22,384         —           183,152   

Commercial and Industrial

     42,596         127,731         20,429         13,347         26,089         279         230,471   

Other Commercial

     15,876         16,497         2,842         18,235         1,840         —           55,290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 311,690       $ 1,010,121       $ 164,392       $ 176,816       $ 263,429       $ 377       $ 1,926,825   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows only purchased impaired loans in the commercial portfolios by class with their related risk rating as of December 31, 2011. The credit quality indicator information has been updated through December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

84


Table of Contents
     6      7      8      Total  

Commercial Real Estate—Owner Occupied

   $ —         $ 1,292       $ —         $ 1,292   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner Occupied

     —           1,133         —           1,133   

Raw Land and Lots

     —           5,623         —           5,623   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     369         19         —           388   

Commercial and Industrial

     —           91         301         392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 369       $ 8,158       $ 301       $ 8,828   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows only purchased impaired loans in the commercial portfolios by class with their related risk rating as of December 31, 2010. The credit quality indicator information has been updated through December 31, 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

     7      8      Total  

Commercial Construction

   $ 944       $ 226       $ 1,170   

Commercial Real Estate—Owner Occupied

     1,384         415         1,799   

Commercial Real Estate—Non-Owner Occupied

     1,081         120         1,201   

Raw Land and Lots

     5,393         1,687         7,080   

Single Family Investment Real Estate

     393         322         715   

Commercial and Industrial

     288         547         835   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,483       $ 3,317       $ 12,800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans acquired are originally recorded at fair value, with certain loans being identified as impaired at the date of purchase. The fair values were determined based on the credit quality of the portfolio, expected future cash flows, and timing of those expected future cash flows. The contractually required payments, cash flows expected to be collected, and fair value as of the date of acquisition were $1,080,780, $1,072,726, and $1,052,358 respectively (dollars in thousands).

The following shows changes in the Company’s acquired loan portfolio and accretable yield for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
     Purchased Impaired     Purchased Nonimpaired     Purchased Impaired     Purchased Nonimpaired  
     Accretable
Yield
    Carrying
Amount of
Loans
    Accretable
Yield
    Carrying
Amount of
Loans
    Accretable
Yield
    Carrying
Amount
of Loans
    Accretable
Yield
    Carrying
Amount of
Loans
 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 8,169      $ 13,999      $ 13,589      $ 799,898      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Additions

     122        276        1,593        70,524        10,107        18,398        19,891        959,868   

Accretion

     (66     —          (6,172     —          (421     —          (6,302     —     

Charged off

     (3,073     (1,329     —          (5,988     (958     (678     —          (3,566

Transfers to OREO

     (12     (174     —          (2,341     (559     (2,842     —          (6,613

Payments received, net

     —          (2,875     —          (198,583     —          (879     —          (149,791
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 5,140      $ 9,897      $ 9,010      $ 663,510      $ 8,169      $ 13,999      $ 13,589      $ 799,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

5. BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Bank premises and equipment as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     2011      2010  

Land

   $ 25,749       $ 24,112   

Land improvements and buildings

     63,790         62,506   

Leasehold improvements

     5,206         4,126   

Furniture and equipment

     37,496         34,724   

Equipment lease

     62         62   

Construction in progress

     6,297         8,321   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     138,600         133,851   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     48,011         43,171   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Bank premises and equipment, net

   $ 90,589       $ 90,680   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $6.7 million, $6.5 million and $5.1 million, respectively. Future minimum rental payments required under non-cancelable operating leases for bank premises that have initial or remaining terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2011 are as follows for the years ending (dollars in thousands):

 

2012

   $ 4,445   

2013

     4,027   

2014

     3,789   

2015

     3,443   

2016

     3,063   

Thereafter

     14,673   
  

 

 

 

Total of future payments

   $  33,440   
  

 

 

 

The leases contain options to extend for periods up to 20 years. Rental expense for years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaled $4.9 million, $5.2 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

6. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The Company follows ASC 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, in accounting for goodwill and intangible assets subsequent to initial recognition. The provisions of this section discontinued the amortization of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives but require an impairment review at least annually and more frequently if certain impairment indicators are evident. Based on the annual testing performed each year the Company has recorded no impairment charges to date.

Core deposit intangible assets are being amortized over the period of expected benefit, which ranges from 4 to 14 years. In connection with the First Market Bank acquisition, the Company recorded $26.4 million of core deposit intangible, $1.2 million of trademark intangible, and $1.1 million in goodwill. None of the goodwill recognized will be deductible for income tax purposes. The core deposit intangible on that acquisition is being amortized over an average of 4.3 years using an accelerated method and the trademark intangible is being amortized over three years using the straight-line method.

 

86


Table of Contents

In the recent acquisition of the Harrisonburg branch, the Company recorded $1.8 million in goodwill and $9,500 of core deposit intangible. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

Based on the annual testing during the second quarter of each year and the absence of impairment indicators during the quarter ended December 31, 2011, the Company has recorded no impairment charges to date for goodwill or intangible assets.

Information concerning goodwill and intangible assets for years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is presented in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 

     Gross  Carrying
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Value
 

December 31, 2011

        

Amortizable core deposit intangibles

   $ 46,615       $ 25,901       $ 20,714   

Unamortizable goodwill

     59,742         342         59,400   

Trademark intangible

     1,200         767         433   

December 31, 2010

        

Amortizable core deposit intangibles

   $ 46,615       $ 19,788       $ 26,827   

Unamortizable goodwill

     57,909         342         57,567   

Trademark intangible

     1,200         367         833   

Amortization expense of core deposit intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaled $6.1 million, $7.3 million and $1.9 million, respectively. Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, included amortization of the trademark intangibles of $400,000 and $367,000, respectively. The Company had no trademark intangible in 2009. The Harrisonburg branch core deposit intangible of $9,500 was expensed in the second quarter of 2011. As of December 31, 2011, the estimated remaining amortization expense of core deposit and trademark intangibles for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows for the years ending (dollars in thousands):

 

2012

   $  5,336   

2013

     3,830   

2014

     2,898   

2015

     2,463   

2016

     1,862   

Thereafter

     4,758   
  

 

 

 

Total estimated amortization expense

   $  21,147   
  

 

 

 

7. DEPOSITS

The aggregate amount of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $511.6 million and $563.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows for the years ending (dollars in thousands):

 

2012

   $  678,064   

2013

     182,365   

2014

     174,250   

2015

     48,358   

2016

     59,257   

Thereafter

     1,621   
  

 

 

 

Total scheduled maturities of time deposits

   $  1,143,915   
  

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

The amount of time deposits held in Certificates of Deposit Account Registry Service accounts (i.e., CDARs) was $39.9 million and $62.0 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These deposits had a maturity of less than one year.

The Company classifies deposit overdrafts as other consumer loans. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, these deposits totaled $1.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

8. BORROWINGS

Short-term Borrowings

Total short-term borrowings consist of securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which are secured transactions with customers and generally mature the day following the date sold. Also included in total short-term borrowings are Federal funds purchased, which are unsecured overnight borrowings from other financial institution. Total short-term borrowings consist of the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

     2011     2010  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 62,995      $ 69,467   

Other short-term borrowings

     —          23,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings

   $ 62,995      $ 92,967   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Maximum month-end outstanding balance

   $ 78,622      $ 163,808   

Average outstanding balance during the year

     73,831        108,299   

Average interest rate during the year

     0.49     1.38

Average interest rate at end of year

     0.47     0.49

Long-term Borrowings

At both December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s fixed-rate long-term debt was made up of FHLB advances that mature on various dates through 2018 at interest rates that range from 3.60% to 3.84%. The company’s fixed rate FHLB advances are convertible to floating rate advances at the FHLB’s option at various conversion dates in 2013. The carrying value of the loans and securities pledged as collateral for FHLB advances total $849.5 million as of December 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2011, the advances from the FHLB consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

Long Term Type

   Interest
Rate
    Maturity
Date
     Conversion
Date
     Option
Frequency
     Advance
Amount
 

Convertible

     3.60     5/23/2018         5/23/2013         Once       $ 65,000   

Convertible

     3.84     8/22/2018         8/22/2013         Once         55,000   

Convertible

     3.60     5/23/2018         5/23/2013         Once         10,000   

Convertible

     3.60     5/23/2018         5/23/2013         Once         10,000   
             

 

 

 
              $ 140,000   
             

 

 

 

During the first quarter of 2004, the Company’s Statutory Trust I, a wholly owned subsidiary, was formed for the purpose of issuing redeemable capital securities in connection with the acquisition of Guaranty. A Trust Preferred Capital Note of $22.5 million was issued through a pooled underwriting. The securities have a LIBOR-indexed floating rate (three month LIBOR plus 2.75%) which adjusts and is payable quarterly. The interest rate at December 31, 2011 was 3.33%. The capital securities were redeemable at par beginning on June 17, 2009 and each quarterly anniversary of such date until the securities mature on June 17, 2034. The principal asset of the Statutory Trust I is $23.2 million of the Company’s junior

 

88


Table of Contents

subordinated debt securities with like maturities and like interest rates to the capital notes, while $696,000 is reflected as the Company’s investment in Statutory Trust I reported as “Other assets” within the consolidated balance sheet.

During the first quarter of 2006, the Company’s Statutory Trust II, a wholly owned subsidiary, was formed for the purpose of issuing redeemable capital securities in connection with the acquisition of Prosperity that was completed on April 1, 2006. A Trust Preferred Capital Note of $36.0 million was issued through a pooled underwriting. The securities have a LIBOR-indexed floating rate (three month LIBOR plus 1.40%) which adjusts and is payable quarterly. The interest rate at December 31, 2011 was 1.98%. The redeemable securities were redeemable at par begining on March 31, 2011 and each quarterly anniversary of such date until the securities mature in 30 years on March 31, 2036. The principal asset of the Statutory Trust II is $37.1 million of the Company’s junior subordinated debt securities with like maturities and like interest rates to the capital notes, while $1.1 million is reflected as the Company’s investment in Statutory Trust II reported as “Other assets” within the consolidated balance sheet. See Note 20 “Derivatives” in these “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” whereby this security was party to an interest rate swap.

As part of the acquisition of First Market Bank, the Company assumed $15.4 million of subordinated debt with terms of LIBOR plus 1.45% and a maturity date of April 2016.

As of December 31, 2011, the contractual maturities of long-term debt are as follows for the years ending (dollars in thousands):

 

     Fixed Rate      Adjustable Rate         
     FHLB
Avdvances
     Trust
Preferred
Capital Notes
     Subordintated
Debt
     Total  Long-term
Borrowings
 

2012

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

2013

     —           —           —           —     

2014

     —           —           —           —     

2015

     —           —           —           —     

2016

     —           —           15,381         15,381   

Thereafter

     140,000         60,310         —           200,310   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term borrowings

   $ 140,000       $ 60,310       $ 15,381       $ 215,691   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The obligations of the Company with respect to the issuance of the capital securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the trust’s obligations with respect to the capital securities. Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Company may elect from time to time to defer interest payments on the junior subordinated debt securities, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related capital securities and require a deferral of common dividends. No such deferrals have taken place to date.

The Bank maintains Federal funds lines with several correspondent banks totaling $113.0 million and $129.0 million at ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Additionally, the Company had a collateral dependent line of credit with the FHLB of up to $776.8 million and $660.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

89


Table of Contents

9. INCOME TAXES

The Company files income tax returns in the U. S., the Commonwealth of Virginia, and other states. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U. S. federal, state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2008.

Net deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following components as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

     2011      2010  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 13,822       $ 13,442   

Benefit plans

     1,300         1,164   

Nonaccrual loans

     1,577         1,374   

Purchase accounting

     5,110         8,467   

Other

     2,524         1,787   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 24,333       $ 26,234   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Depreciation

     

Purchase accounting

   $ 6,447       $ 8,729   

Other

     2,303         2,561   

Securities available for sale

     6,158         1,990   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     14,908         13,280   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 9,425       $ 12,954   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, management considers the scheduled reversal of temporary differences, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies. Management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize its deferred tax assets and, accordingly, no valuation allowance has been established.

The provision for income taxes charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 consists of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Current tax expense

   $ 11,879      $ 9,856      $ 3,315   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

     (615     (1,273     (2,425
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 11,264      $ 8,583      $ 890   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

The income tax expense differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U. S. federal income tax rate to pretax income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, due to the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Computed “expected” tax expense

   $ 14,600      $ 11,027      $ 3,238   

(Decrease) in taxes resulting from:

      

Tax-exempt interest income, net

     (2,681     (2,513     (2,180

Other, net

     (655     69        (168
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 11,264      $ 8,583      $ 890   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The effective tax rates were 27.1%, 27.2%, and 9.6%, for years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Tax credits totaled $203,000, $132,000, and $172,000, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

10.     EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The Company has a 401(k) Plan that allows employees to make pre-tax contributions for retirement. The 401(k) Plan provides for the Company to match employee contributions based on each employee contribution percentage. For each employee’s 1% through 3% dollar contributions, the Company will match 100% of such dollar contributions, and for each employee’s 4% through 5% dollar contributions, the Company will match 50% of such dollar contributions. The Company also has an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”). All full-time employees of the Company with 1,000 hours of service are eligible to participate in the ESOP. The Company makes discretionary profit sharing contributions into the 401(k) Plan, ESOP and in cash. Company discretionary contributions to both the 401(k) Plan and the ESOP are allocated to participant accounts in proportion to each participant’s compensation and vest over five and six year periods, respectively. Employee contributions to the ESOP are not allowed. The 401(k) Plan does provide for limited investment in the Company’s common stock.

The following were payments made in accordance with the plans described above in 2011, 2010, and 2009 (dollars in thousands):

 

     2011      2010      2009  

401(k) Plan

   $ 1,374       $ 1,574       $ 1,115   

ESOP

     1,700         —           289   

Cash

     315         —           226   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,389       $ 1,574       $ 1,630   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has an obligation to certain members of the Bank’s Board of Directors under deferred compensation plans in the amount of $1.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The expenses related to the deferred compensation plans were $80,000, $84,000 and $102,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These benefits will be fully funded by life insurance proceeds.

The Company’s Board of Directors has approved an annual incentive compensation plan as a means of attracting, rewarding and retaining key executives. Each annual plan, as it may be amended from time to time, is based on both corporate and individual objectives established annually for each participant. Each participant is evaluated within these two categories to determine eligibility and rate of incentive compensation based on performance. Salaries and benefits expense for incentive compensation under this plan was $711,000, $650,000 and zero for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

91


Table of Contents

The Company’s 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”) and the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2003 Plan”) provide for the granting of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, and nonvested stock awards to key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The 2011 Plan became effective on January 1, 2011 after its approval by shareholders at the annual meeting of shareholders held on April 26, 2011. The 2011 Plan makes available 1,000,000 shares, which may be awarded to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries in the form of incentive stock options intended to comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“incentive stock options”), non-statutory stock options, and nonvested stock. Approximately 3,600 shares remain available for grant under the 2003 Plan. Under both plans, the option price cannot be less than the fair market value of the stock on the grant date. The Company issues new shares to satisfy stock-based awards. The stock option’s maximum term is ten years from the date of grant and vests in equal annual installments of 20% over a five year vesting schedule. There remain approximately 907,000 shares available as of December 31, 2011 for issuance under the 2011 and 2003 Plans.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of approximately $552,000 net of tax, or $0.02 per common share. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of approximately $567,000 and $306,000, respectively, net of tax, or $0.02 per common share in both years.

Stock Options

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the last three years:

 

     Number of
Stock  Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Options
Exercisable
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Balance, December 31, 2008

     216,077      $ 21.12         175,278       $ 19.62   

Granted

     3,490        12.59         

Exercised

     (1,800     9.67         

Forfeited

     (1,587     26.48         
  

 

 

         

Balance, December 31, 2009

     216,180        21.03         187,224         20.24   

Granted

     130,000        16.40         

Exercised

     (7,016     8.66         

Forfeited

     (14,388     20.52         
  

 

 

         

Balance, December 31, 2010

     324,776        19.38         183,544         20.90   

Granted

     134,046        12.11         

Exercised

     (29,625     10.21         

Forfeited

     (6,447     17.22         
  

 

 

         

Balance, December 31, 2011

     422,750        17.70         184,985         22.28   
  

 

 

         

 

92


Table of Contents

A summary of options outstanding at December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

                Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  
          Range of Exercise Prices              Number
Outstanding
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Number
Exercisable
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 
     $10.67      180         —    yrs    $ 10.67         180       $ 10.67   
     $12.11      134,045         9.32      $ 12.11         —         $ 0.00   

$12.59

          $14.82      5,850         7.84      $ 13.43         1,740       $ 13.16   
     $16.45      118,314         8.32      $ 16.45         23,669       $ 16.45   
     $18.58      46,140         1.06      $ 18.58         46,140       $ 18.58   

$18.98

          $20.41      9,300         3.70      $ 20.15         7,680       $ 20.09   
     $22.65      45,675         2.08      $ 22.65         45,674       $ 22.65   

$23.50

          $27.62      40,683         3.97      $ 25.56         37,339       $ 25.38   
     $31.57      19,563         4.15      $ 31.57         19,563       $ 31.57   
     $31.84      3,000         3.96      $ 31.84         3,000       $ 31.84   
       

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

$10.67

          $31.84      422,750         6.42  yrs    $ 17.70         184,985       $ 22.28   
       

 

 

         

 

 

    

The fair value of each stock option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Dividend yield

     2.36     2.48     2.45

Expected life in years

     7.0        7.0        7.2   

Expected volatility

     41.02     37.92     34.84

Risk-free interest rate

     2.71     3.23     2.80

Weighted average fair value per option granted

   $ 4.31      $ 5.53      $ 3.89   

The following table summarizes information concerning stock options issued to the Company’s employees that are vested or are expected to vest and stock options exercisable as of December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Stock Options
Vested or
Expected to Vest
     Exercisable  

Stock options

     422,750         184,985   

Weighted average remaining contractual life in years

     6.42         3.33   

Weighted average exercise price on shares above water

   $ 12.12       $ 12.33   

Aggregate intrinsic value

   $ 161       $ 1   

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the total intrinsic value for stock options exercised was $88,000. The total intrinsic value of stock options outstanding was $1,000. The fair value of stock options vested was approximately $238,000. Cash received from the exercise of stock options for the year ended December 31, 2011 was approximately $302,000, and the tax benefits realized from tax deductions associated with options exercised during the year were $15,000.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the total intrinsic value for stock options exercised during the year was $32,000. The total intrinsic values of stock options outstanding and exercisable were $138,000. The fair value of stock options vested was approximately $97,000. Cash received from the exercise of stock options for the year ended December 31, 2010 was approximately $61,000 and the tax benefits realized from tax deductions associated with options exercised during the year were $7,000.

 

93


Table of Contents

Nonvested Stock

The 2003 and the 2011 Stock Incentive Plans permit the granting of nonvested stock but are limited to one-third of the aggregate number of total awards granted. This equity component of compensation is divided between restricted (time-based) stock grants and performance-based stock grants. Generally, the restricted stock vests 50% on each of the third and fourth anniversaries from the date of the grant. The performance-based stock is subject to vesting on the fourth anniversary of the date of the grant based on the performance of the Company’s stock price. The value of the nonvested stock awards was calculated by multiplying the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on grant date by the number of shares awarded. Employees have the right to vote the shares and to receive cash or stock dividends (restricted stock), if any, except for the nonvested stock under the performance-based component (performance stock).

The following table summarizes nonvested stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

     Restricted Stock     Weighted
Average  Grant-
Date Fair Value
 

Balance, December 31, 2010

     109,277      $ 15.93   

Granted

     77,225        11.39   

Vested

     (17,312     18.60   

Forfeited

     (22,633     12.00   
  

 

 

   

Balance, December 31, 2011

     146,557        12.62   
  

 

 

   

The estimated unamortized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested stock and stock options issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 will be recognized as follows for the years ending (dollars in thousands):

 

     Stock Options      Restricted
Stock
     Total  

2012

   $ 268       $ 632       $ 900   

2013

     262         398         660   

2014

     260         83         343   

2015

     170         16         186   

2016

     48         —           48   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,008       $ 1,129       $ 2,137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011, there was $2.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the plan. The cost is expected to be recognized through 2016.

11. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contractual amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of the Company’s involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and letters of credit written is represented by the contractual

 

94


Table of Contents

amount of these instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. Unless noted otherwise, the Company does not require collateral or other security to support off-balance sheet financial instruments with credit risk.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers as long as there are no violations of any conditions established in the contracts. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Because many of the commitments may expire without being completely drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case by case basis. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had outstanding loan commitments approximating $720.3 million and $782.8 million, respectively.

Letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of customers to third parties. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. The amount of standby letters of credit whose contract amounts represent credit risk totaled $38.1 million and $38.3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, Union Mortgage had rate lock commitments to originate mortgage loans amounting to $45.8 million and loans held for sale of $74.8 million. Union Mortgage has entered into corresponding mandatory commitments on a best-efforts basis to sell loans on a servicing released basis totaling approximately $120.6 million. These commitments to sell loans are designed to eliminate Union Mortgage’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates in connection with rate lock commitments and loans held for sale.

For asset/liability management purposes, the Company uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge various exposures or to modify the interest rate characteristics of various balance sheet accounts. See Note 20 “Derivatives” in these “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information.

12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has entered into loan transactions with its directors, principal officers and affiliated companies in which they are principal stockholders. Such transactions were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other customers, and did not, in the opinion of management, involve more than normal credit risk or present other unfavorable features. There were no changes in terms or loan modifications from the preceding period. The following schedule summarizes the changes in loan amounts outstanding to these persons during the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

 

     2011     2010  

Balance at January 1

   $ 21,679      $ 21,944   

Merged out balances

     —          (7,569

Merged in balances

     —          216   

Advances

     12,462        17,876   

Repayments

     (4,725     (10,788
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   $ 29,416      $ 21,679   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has also entered into deposit transactions with its directors, principal officers and affiliated companies in which they are principal stockholders, all of which are under the same terms as other customers. The aggregate amount of these deposit accounts was $26.5 million and $20.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

95


Table of Contents

13. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The basic EPS calculation was computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, including the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding attributable to stock awards. Amortization of discount and dividends on the preferred stock is treated as a reduction of the numerator in calculating basic and diluted EPS.

There were approximately 383,101, 259,682 and 176,531 shares underlying anti-dilutive options as of December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, which were excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS.

The following is a reconciliation of the denominators of the basic and diluted EPS computations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands except per share data):

 

     Net Income
Available to
Common
Stockholders
(Numerator)
     Weighted
Average  Shares
(Denominator)
     Per Share
Amount
 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

        

Basic EPS

   $ 27,769         25,981       $ 1.07   

Effect of dilutive stock awards

     —           29         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted EPS

   $ 27,769         26,010       $ 1.07   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

        

Basic EPS

   $ 21,008         25,222       $ 0.83   

Effect of dilutive stock awards

     —           46         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted EPS

   $ 21,008         25,268       $ 0.83   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

        

Basic EPS

   $ 2,874         15,161       $ 0.19   

Effect of dilutive stock awards

     —           41         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted EPS

   $ 2,874         15,202       $ 0.19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

14. COMMITMENTS AND LIABILITIES

In the ordinary course of its operations, the Company and its subsidiaries are parties to various legal proceedings. Based on the information presently available, and after consultation with legal counsel, management believes that the ultimate outcome in such proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the business or the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

On September 2, 2009, Union Mortgage, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, received notice that it was being sued in Maryland state court in a class action lawsuit under the Maryland Secondary Mortgage Loan Law (the “SMLL”). In general, the lawsuit alleged that Union Mortgage, in connection with making second mortgage loans to customers, violated the SMLL by charging certain fees, closing costs and interest in excess of the limitations established by the SMLL. The case was removed to federal court and consolidated for certain pre-trial purposes with approximately 18 other cases brought under the SMLL by the same attorneys. Union Mortgage was a defendant in only one of these cases. On April 23, 2010, Union Mortgage filed an answer and a motion for judgment on the pleadings as to certain issues. In 2011, the lawsuit was dismissed as a result of the parties’ confidential settlement with no material financial impact upon either UMG or the Company.

 

96


Table of Contents

The Company must maintain a reserve against its deposits in accordance with Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Act. For the final weekly reporting period in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the aggregate amount of daily average required reserves was approximately $14.2 million and $13.2 million, respectively.

The Company has approximately $3.0 million in deposits in other financial institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act, which was signed into law on July 21, 2010, provides unlimited deposit insurance coverage for transaction accounts through December 31, 2012.

15. REGULATORY MATTERS AND CAPITAL

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on financial statements of the Company and the subsidiary bank. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action (“PCA”), the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Total Risk-Weighted Assets (as defined) and Tier 1 capital (as defined) to Average Assets (as defined) and Risk-Weighted Assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 2011, that the Company met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

As of December 31, 2011, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (the “Federal Reserve Bank”) categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well-capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following tables. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

The Company and the Bank’s capital amounts and ratios are also presented in the following table at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

97


Table of Contents

 

     Actual     Required for Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    Required in Order to  Be
Well Capitalized Under
PCA
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

As of December 31, 2011

               

Total capital to risk weighted assets:

               

Consolidated

   $ 440,935         14.51   $ 243,128         8.00     NA         NA   

Union First Market Bank

     423,991         14.02     241,934         8.00   $ 302,417         10.00

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:

               

Consolidated

     390,623         12.85     121,564         4.00     NA         NA   

Union First Market Bank

     373,778         12.36     120,967         4.00     181,450         6.00

Tier 1 capital to average adjusted assets:

               

Consolidated

     390,623         10.14     154,037         4.00     NA         NA   

Union First Market Bank

     373,778         9.78     152,922         4.00     191,153         5.00

As of December 31, 2010

               

Total capital to risk weighted assets:

               

Consolidated

     451,463         14.68     246,026         8.00     NA         NA   

Union First Market Bank

     396,239         12.98     244,250         8.00   $ 305,312         10.00

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:

               

Consolidated

     398,165         12.95     123,013         4.00     NA         NA   

Union First Market Bank

     343,180         11.24     122,125         4.00     183,187         6.00

Tier 1 capital to average adjusted assets:

               

Consolidated

     398,165         10.55     151,013         4.00     NA         NA   

Union First Market Bank

     343,180         9.19     149,439         4.00     186,798         5.00

On December 19, 2008, the Company entered into a Letter Agreement with the Treasury, pursuant to which it issued 59,000 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Preferred Stock”) for $59 million. The issuance was made pursuant to the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) under the Troubled Asset Relief Program. In November 2009, the Company redeemed the Preferred Stock, by repaying, with accumulated dividends, the $59 million it received in December 2008. Additionally, in December 2009, the Company entered into a Warrant Repurchase Letter Agreement (“Warrant Repurchase”) with the Treasury to repurchase a warrant to purchase 211,318 shares of the Company’s common stock that was issued in connection with the Company’s sale of Preferred Stock. As a result of the Warrant Repurchase, the Company had no securities issued or outstanding to the Treasury and was no longer participating in the Treasury’s CPP as of November 18, 2009.

The Company’s Series B of preferred stock resulted from the acquisition of First Market Bank. On February 6, 2009, First Market Bank issued and sold to the Treasury 33,900 shares of its Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B and a warrant to purchase up to 1,695 shares of its Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C. The Treasury immediately exercised the warrant for the entire 1,695 shares. In connection with the Company’s acquisition of FMB, the Company’s board of directors established a series of preferred stock with substantially identical preferences, rights and limitations to the First Market Bank preferred stock, except as explained below. Pursuant to the closing of the acquisition, each share of First Market Bank Series B and Series C preferred stock was exchanged for one share of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock of the Company paid cumulative dividends to the Treasury at a rate of 5.19% per annum. The 5.19% dividend rate is a blended rate comprised of the dividend rate of the 33,900 shares of First Market Bank 5% Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B and 1,695 shares of First Market Bank 9% Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A. The Series B Preferred Stock of the Company is non-voting and each share has a liquidation preference of $1,000. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company received approval from the Treasury and its regulators to redeem the Preferred Stock issued to the Treasury and assumed by the Company as part of the 2010 merger with FMB. On December 7, 2011, the Company paid approximately $35.7 million, from existing capital, to the Treasury in full redemption of the Preferred Stock.

 

98


Table of Contents

16. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company follows ASC 820 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”) to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. This section clarifies that fair value of certain assets and liabilities is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between willing market participants.

ASC 820 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 based on these two types of inputs are as follows:

 

Level 1   Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
Level 2   Valuation is based on observable inputs including quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in less active markets, and model-based valuation techniques for which significant assumptions can be derived primarily from or corroborated by observable data in the markets.
Level 3   Valuation is based on model-based techniques that use one or more significant inputs or assumptions that are unobservable in the market. These unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s assumptions about what market participants would use and information that is reasonably available under the circumstances without undue cost and effort.

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the financial statements.

Interest rate swap agreement used for interest rate risk management

Interest rate swaps are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company utilizes an interest rate swap agreement as part of the management of interest rate risk to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of the Company’s interest-bearing assets and liabilities. The Company determines the fair value of its interest rate swap using externally developed pricing models based on market observable inputs and therefore classifies such valuation as Level 2. The Company has considered counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its interest rate swap assets and has considered its own credit risk in the valuation of its interest rate swap liabilities.

Securities available for sale

Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted market prices, when available (Level 1). If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are measured utilizing independent valuation techniques of identical or similar securities for which significant assumptions are derived primarily from or corroborated by observable market data. Third party vendors compile prices from various sources and may determine the fair value of identical or similar securities by using pricing models that consider observable market data (Level 2). If the inputs used to provide the evaluation for certain securities are unobservable and/or there is little, if any, market activity then the security would fall to the lowest level of the hierarchy (Level 3). The carrying value of restricted Federal Reserve Bank and FHLB stock approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions of each entity and is therefore excluded from the following table.

 

99


Table of Contents

The following table presents the balances of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 using  
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
        
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Balance  

ASSETS

           

Interest rate swap—loans

   $ —         $ 66       $ —         $ 66   

Securities available for sale:

           

U.S. government and agency securities

     —           4,284         —           4,284   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     —           200,207         —           200,207   

Corporate and other bonds

     —           12,240         —           12,240   

Mortgage-backed securities

     —           400,318         —           400,318   

Other securities

     —           3,117         —           3,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ 620,232       $ —         $ 620,232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

           

Interest rate swap—loans

   $ —         $ 66       $ —         $ 66   

Cash flow hedge—trust

     —           4,293         —           4,293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ 4,359       $ —         $ 4,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 using  
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
     Significant Other
Observable  Inputs
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
        
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Balance  

ASSETS

           

Interest rate swap—loans

   $ —         $ 189       $ —         $ 189   

Securities available for sale:

           

U.S. government and agency securities

     —           9,961         —           9,961   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     —           175,032         —           175,032   

Corporate and other bonds

     —           15,065         —           15,065   

Mortgage-backed securities

     —           344,038         —           344,038   

Other securities

     —           3,284         —           3,284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ 547,569       $ —         $ 547,569   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

           

Interest rate swap—loans

   $ —         $ 189       $ —         $ 189   

Cash flow hedge—trust

     —           1,476         —           1,476   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ 1,665       $ —         $ 1,665   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain financial assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. Adjustments to the fair value of these assets usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure certain assets recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the financial statements.

 

100


Table of Contents

Loans held for sale

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market value. These loans currently consist of residential loans originated for sale in the secondary market. Fair value is based on the price secondary markets are currently offering for similar loans using observable market data which is not materially different than cost due to the short duration between origination and sale (Level 2). As such, the Company records any fair value adjustments on a nonrecurring basis. No nonrecurring fair value adjustments were recorded on loans held for sale during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. Gains and losses on the sale of loans are recorded within income from the mortgage segment on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Impaired loans

Loans are designated as impaired when, in the judgment of management based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreements will not be collected. The measurement of loss associated with impaired loans can be based on either the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral. Collateral may be in the form of real estate or business assets including equipment, inventory, and accounts receivable. The vast majority of the Company’s collateral is real estate. The value of real estate collateral is determined utilizing an income or market valuation approach based on an appraisal conducted by an independent, licensed appraiser using observable market data (Level 2). However, if the collateral is a house or building in the process of construction or if an appraisal of the property is more than two years old, then a Level 3 valuation is considered to measure the fair value. The value of business equipment is based upon an outside appraisal if deemed significant, or the net book value on the applicable business’s financial statements if not considered significant using observable market data. Likewise, values for inventory and accounts receivables collateral are based on financial statement balances or aging reports (Level 3). Impaired loans allocated to the allowance for loan losses are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Any fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred as provision for loan losses on the Consolidated Statements of Income. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s Level 3 loans consisted of nine relationships secured by residential real estate and lots of $13.9 million with a reserve of $1.1 million; four relationships secured by commercial real estate of $7.5 million and a reserve of $911,000; one relationship secured by land of $14.5 million with a reserve of $28,000; and one relationship secured by receivables of $1 million with a reserve $39,000. At December 31, 2010, the Company’s Level 3 loans consisted of five relationships secured by commercial real estate of $5.2 million with a $492,000 valuation reserve; four relationships secured by residential real estate and lots of $3.6 million with a valuation reserve of $525,000; and two relationships secured by inventory, receivables or equipment of $305,000 with a $244,000 valuation reserve.

Other real estate owned

Fair values of other real estate owned are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less selling costs. Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, the Company records the foreclosed asset as Level 2 valuation. When an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price, the Company records the foreclosed asset as Level 3 valuation. Total valuation expenses related to OREO properties for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $707,000 and $43,000, respectively.

 

101


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 using  
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
        
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Balance  
ASSETS            

Loans held for sale

   $ —         $ 74,823       $ —         $ 74,823   

Impaired loans

     —           28,525         34,898         63,423   

Other real estate owned

     —           —           32,263         32,263   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ 103,348       $ 67,161       $ 170,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 using  
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
     Significant  Other
Observable Inputs
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
        
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Balance  
ASSETS            

Loans held for sale

   $ —         $ 73,974       $ —         $ 73,974   

Impaired loans

     —           59,992         7,895         67,887   

Other real estate owned

     —           —           36,122         36,122   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ 133,966       $ 44,017       $ 177,983   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

ASC 825, Financial Instruments requires disclosure about fair value of financial instruments for interim periods and excludes certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented may not necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Company.

Cash and cash equivalents

For those short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Loans

The fair value of performing loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. Fair value for significant nonperforming loans is based on recent external appraisals. If appraisals are not available, estimated cash flows are discounted using a rate commensurate with the risk associated with the estimated cash flows.

Deposits

The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts, and certain money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Borrowings

The carrying value of short-term borrowings is a reasonable estimate of fair value. The fair value of long-term borrowings is estimated based on interest rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities.

Accrued interest

The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value.

 

102


Table of Contents

Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit

The fair value of commitments is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value of letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of loan commitments and standby letters of credit was immaterial.

The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Carrying      Fair      Carrying      Fair  
     Amount      Value      Amount      Value  

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 96,659       $ 96,659       $ 61,153       $ 61,153   

Securities available for sale

     640,827         640,827         572,441         572,441   

Loans held for sale

     74,823         74,823         73,974         73,974   

Net loans

     2,779,113         2,794,914         2,798,847         2,811,023   

Interest rate swap—loans

     66         66         189         189   

Accrued interest receivable

     16,626         16,626         15,980         15,980   

Financial liabilities:

           

Deposits

   $ 3,175,105       $ 3,191,256       $ 3,070,059       $ 3,078,130   

Borrowings

     278,686         277,374         308,169         314,684   

Accrued interest payable

     1,865         1,865         2,182         2,182   

Cash flow hedge—trust

     4,293         4,293         1,476         1,476   

Interest rate swap—loans

     66         66         189         189   

The Company assumes interest rate risk (the risk that general interest rate levels will change) as a result of its normal operations. As a result, the fair values of the Company’s financial instruments will change when interest rate levels change and that change may be either favorable or unfavorable to the Company. Management attempts to match maturities of assets and liabilities to the extent believed necessary to minimize interest rate risk. However, borrowers with fixed rate obligations are less likely to prepay in a rising rate environment and more likely to prepay in a falling rate environment. Conversely, depositors who are receiving fixed rates are more likely to withdraw funds before maturity in a rising rate environment and less likely to do so in a falling rate environment. Management monitors rates and maturities of assets and liabilities and attempts to minimize interest rate risk by adjusting terms of new loans and deposits and by investing in securities with terms that mitigate the Company’s overall interest rate risk.

17. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The primary source of funds for the dividends paid by Union First Market Bankshares Corporation (the “Parent Company”) is dividends received from its subsidiaries. The payments of dividends by the Bank to the Parent Company are subject to certain statutory limitations which contemplate that the current year earnings and earnings retained for the two preceding years may be paid to the Parent Company without regulatory approval. As of December 31, 2011, the aggregate amount of unrestricted funds, which could be transferred from the Company’s Bank to the Parent Company, without prior regulatory approval, totaled approximately $45.2 million, or 10.7%, of the consolidated net assets.

 

103


Table of Contents

Financial information for the Parent Company is as follows:

PARENT COMPANY

BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 and 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2011      2010  

ASSETS

     

Cash

   $ 7,275       $ 29,217   

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     —           13,158   

Bank premises and equipment, net

     13,591         16,135   

Other assets

     3,837         4,648   

Investment in subsidiaries

     474,412         439,183   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 499,115       $ 502,341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Long-term borrowings

   $ 10,000       $ 10,625   

Trust preferred capital notes

     60,310         60,310   

Other liabilities

     7,166         3,321   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     77,476         74,256   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Preferred stock

     —           35,595   

Common stock

     34,672         34,532   

Surplus

     187,493         185,763   

Retained earnings

     189,824         169,801   

Discount on preferred stock

     —           (1,177

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     9,650         3,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     421,639         428,085   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 499,115       $ 502,341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

PARENT COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2011     2010      2009  

Income:

       

Interest and dividend income

   $ 624      $ 805       $ 882   

Management fee received from subsidiaries

     —          23,952         17,297   

Dividends received from subsidiaries

     8,612        7,094         7,318   

Equity in undistributed net income from subsidiaries

     23,941        18,116         3,142   

Gains on sale of securities, net

     430        —           —     

Gains (losses) on sale of fixed assets, net

     (1     448         (9

Other operating income

     1,616        5         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income

     35,222        50,420         28,630   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expenses:

       

Interest expense

     2,627        2,037         2,452   

Salaries and benefits

     —          15,423         10,005   

Occupancy expenses

     590        1,043         959   

Furniture and equipment expenses

     1,023        1,794         1,422   

Other operating expenses

     537        7,201         5,432   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses

     4,777        27,498         20,270   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     30,445        22,922         8,360   

Dividends paid on preferred stock

     1,499        1,688         2,696   

Amortization of discount on preferred stock

     1,177        226         2,790   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 27,769      $ 21,008       $ 2,874   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

104


Table of Contents

PARENT COMPANY

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 30,445      $ 22,922      $ 8,360   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

     (23,941     (18,116     (3,142

Tax benefit from exercise of equity-based awards

     15        7        4   

Decrease (increase) in other assets

     6,135        (3,613     4,741   

Other, net

     7,706        5,320        2,743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities

     20,360        6,520        12,706   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

      

Purchases of investment securities

     —          —          (16,315

Sale of securities available for sale

     12,421        3,994        —     

Net decrease (increase) in bank premises and equipment

     1,455        (274     (569

Payments for investments in and advances to subsidiaries

     (11,287     (5,547     (5,746
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in) investing activities

     2,589        (1,827     (22,630
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

      

Net decrease in long-term borrowings

     (625     (625     (625

Cash dividends paid

     (9,245     (7,942     (7,068

Repurchase of preferred stock

     (35,595     —          (59,499

Issuance of common stock

     574        352        59,390   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities

     (44,891     (8,215     (7,802
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (21,942     (3,522     (17,726

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

     29,217        32,739        50,465   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

   $ 7,275      $ 29,217      $ 32,739   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

18. SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company has two reportable segments: a traditional full service community bank and a mortgage loan origination business. The community bank business for 2011 includes one subsidiary bank, which provides loan, deposit, investment, and trust services to retail and commercial customers throughout its 99 retail locations in Virginia. The mortgage segment provides a variety of mortgage loan products principally in Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Maryland and the Washington D.C. metro area. These loans are originated and sold primarily in the secondary market through purchase commitments from investors, which subject the Company to only de minimus risk.

Profit and loss is measured by net income after taxes including realized gains and losses on the Company’s investment portfolio. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Inter-segment transactions are recorded at cost and eliminated as part of the consolidation process.

Both of the Company’s reportable segments are service based. The mortgage business is a fee-based business while the bank is driven principally by net interest income. The bank segment provides a distribution and referral network through its customers for the mortgage loan origination business. The mortgage segment offers a more limited referral network for the bank segment, due largely to the minimal degree of overlapping geographic markets.

The community bank segment provides the mortgage segment with the short-term funds needed to originate mortgage loans through a warehouse line of credit and charges the mortgage banking segment interest at the three month LIBOR rate plus 1.5% basis points, floor of 2%. These transactions are eliminated in the consolidation process. A management fee for operations and administrative support services is charged to all subsidiaries and eliminated in the consolidated totals.

 

105


Table of Contents

Information about reportable segments and reconciliation of such information to the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Community Bank     Mortgage      Eliminations     Consolidated
Totals
 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

         

Net interest income

   $ 155,045      $ 1,315       $ —        $ 156,360   

Provision for loan losses

     16,800        —           —          16,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     138,245        1,315         —          139,560   

Noninterest income

     24,407        19,838         (468     43,777   

Noninterest expenses

     123,515        18,581         (468     141,628   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     39,137        2,572         —          41,709   

Income tax expense

     10,304        960         —          11,264   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 28,833      $ 1,612       $ —        $ 30,445   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,904,013      $ 84,445       $ (81,371   $ 3,907,087   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures (1)

   $ 6,339      $ 243       $ —        $ 6,582   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

         

Net interest income

   $ 149,353      $ 2,223       $ —        $ 151,576   

Provision for loan losses

     24,368        —           —          24,368   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     124,985        2,223         —          127,208   

Noninterest income

     25,611        22,156         (469     47,298   

Noninterest expenses

     124,110        19,360         (469     143,001   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     26,486        5,019         —          31,505   

Income tax expense

     6,692        1,891         —          8,583   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 19,794      $ 3,128       $ —        $ 22,922   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,828,954      $ 82,255       $ (73,962   $ 3,837,247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures (1)

   $ 6,882      $ 403       $ —        $ 7,285   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

         

Net interest income

   $ 78,308      $ 1,508       $ —        $ 79,816   

Provision for loan losses

     18,246        —           —          18,246   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     60,062        1,508         —          61,570   

Noninterest income

     16,647        16,644         (322     32,967   

Noninterest expenses

     71,219        14,390         (322     85,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     5,490        3,762         —          9,250   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (431     1,321         —          890   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 5,921      $ 2,441       $ —        $ 8,360   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,577,394      $ 60,051       $ (50,173   $ 2,587,272   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures (1)

   $ 7,511      $ 366       $ —        $ 7,877   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Capital expenditures include purchase of property, furniture and equipment.

 

106


Table of Contents

19. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

The following table presents the consolidated statement of income line “Other Operating Expenses” broken into greater detail for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (dollars in thousands):

 

     2011      2010      2009  

Communication expenses

   $ 10,649       $ 9,638       $ 6,594   

Professional services

     4,959         4,483         3,466   

Data processing fees

     3,517         3,501         1,456   

Marketing & advertising expense

     5,869         5,441         2,530   

FDIC assessment premiums and other insurance (1)

     4,936         5,268         4,585   

Other taxes

     2,838         1,686         1,801   

Loan and OREO expenses

     4,635         2,964         1,595   

Amortization of core deposit premuims

     6,523         7,630         1,929   

Acquistion & Conversion Costs

     426         8,715         1,502   

Other expenses

     7,600         7,751         4,890   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other operating expenses

   $ 51,952       $ 57,077       $ 30,348   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes $1.2 million FDIC special assessments for 2009 within FDIC assessment premiums and other insurance.

20. DERIVATIVES

During the second quarter of 2010, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement (the “trust swap”) as part of the management of interest rate risk. The Company designated the trust swap as a cash flow hedge intended to protect against the variability of cash flows associated with the aforementioned Statutory Trust II preferred capital securities. The trust swap hedges the interest rate risk, wherein the Company receives interest of LIBOR from a counterparty and pays a fixed rate of 3.51% to the same counterparty calculated on a notional amount of $36.0 million. The term of the trust swap is six years with a fixed rate that began June 15, 2011. The trust swap was entered into with a counterparty that met the Company’s credit standards and the agreement contains collateral provisions protecting the at-risk party. The Company believes that the credit risk inherent in the contract is not significant.

Amounts receivable or payable are recognized as accrued under the terms of the agreements. In accordance with ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging, the trust swap is designated as a cash flow hedge, with the effective portion of the derivative’s unrealized gain or loss recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. The ineffective portion of the unrealized gain or loss, if any, would be recorded in other expense. The Company has assessed the effectiveness of the hedging relationship by comparing the changes in cash flows on the designated hedged item. There was no hedge ineffectiveness for this trust swap. At December 31, 2011, the fair value of the trust swap agreement was an unrealized loss of $4.3 million, the amount the Company would have expected to pay if the contract were terminated. The liability is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity.

 

107


Table of Contents

Shown below is a summary of the derivative designated as a cash flow hedge at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

            Notional                    Receive     Pay     Life  
     Positions      Amount      Asset      Liability      Rate     Rate     (Years)  

As of December 31, 2011

                  

Pay fixed—receive floating interest rate swaps

     1       $ 36,000         —         $ 4,293         0.58     3.51     5.46   
     Positions      Notional
Amount
     Asset      Liability      Receive
Rate
    Pay
Rate
    Life
(Years)
 

As of December 31, 2010

                  

Pay fixed—receive floating interest rate swaps

     1       $ 36,000         —         $ 1,476         0.30     3.51     6.46   

The Company also acquired two interest rate swap loan relationships (“loan swaps”) as a result of the acquisition of First Market Bank. Upon entering into loan swaps with borrowers to meet their financing needs, offsetting positions with counterparties were entered into in order to minimize interest rate risk. These back-to-back loan swaps qualify as financial derivatives with fair values reported in other assets and other liabilities. Shown below is a summary regarding loan swap derivative activities at December 31, 2011and 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 

            Notional                    Receive     Pay     Life  
     Positions      Amount      Asset      Liability      Rate     Rate     (Years)  

As of December 31, 2011

                  

Receive fixed—pay floating interest rate swaps

     2       $ 4,028       $ 66         —           6.35     2.77     1.01   

Pay fixed—receive floating interest rate swaps

     2         4,028         —           66         2.77     6.35     1.01   
     Positions      Notional
Amount
     Asset      Liability      Receive
Rate
    Pay
Rate
    Life
(Years)
 

As of December 31, 2010

                  

Receive fixed—pay floating interest rate swaps

     2       $ 4,205       $ 189         —           6.35     2.76     2.00   

Pay fixed—receive floating interest rate swaps

     2         4,205         —           189         2.76     6.35     2.00   

21. Subsequent Events

On February 2, 2012, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) with a member of the board of directors. Pursuant to the Agreement, the Company repurchased 335,649 shares of its common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $4,363,437, or $13.00 per share. The repurchase was funded with cash on hand. The Company intends to transfer 115,384 of the repurchased shares to its Employee Stock Ownership Plan for $13.00 per share. The remaining 220,265 shares will be retired.

 

108


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.— CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

During the past two years, there have been no changes in or reportable disagreement with the independent registered public accountants for the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

ITEM 9A.—CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Company maintains “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating its disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Additionally, in designing disclosure controls and procedures, management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and procedures. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on the assessment using those criteria, management concluded that the internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C., the independent registered public accounting firm which also audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.’s attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting appears on pages 48 through 50 hereof.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. There was no change in the internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the internal control over financial reporting.

 

109


Table of Contents

ITEM 9B.—OTHER INFORMATION. Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 10.—DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

Information regarding directors, executive officers, the Company’s audit committee and the audit committee financial expert is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the Company’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 24, 2012 (“Proxy Statement”), under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance, Board Leadership, and Board Diversity,” and “Named Executive Officers.”

Information on Section 16(a) beneficial ownership reporting compliance for the directors and executive officers of the Company is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all employees and directors. The Company has also adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers and Directors, which is applicable to those directors and senior officers who have financial responsibilities. Both of these codes may be found at http://investors.bankatunion.com. In addition, a copy of  either of the codes may be obtained without charge by written request to the Company’s corporate secretary.

ITEM 11.—EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

This information is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement under the captions “Corporate Governance, Board Leadership, and Board Diversity,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Report of the Compensation Committee,” “Executive Compensation,” and “Director Compensation.”

ITEM 12.—SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

Other than as set forth below, this information is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement under the caption “Ownership of Company Common Stock” and from Note 10 “Employee Benefits” contained in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

The following table summarizes information, as of December 31, 2011, relating to the Company’s 2003 and 2011 Stock Incentive Plans, pursuant to which grants of option to acquire shares of common stock may be awarded from time to time.

 

110


Table of Contents
    

Number of securities to

be issued upon

exercise of outstanding

warrants and rights

    

Weighted-average

exercise price of

outstanding options,

warrants and rights

    

Number of securities

remaining available for

future issuance under

equity compensation plans

(excluding securities
reflected in column (A))

 
     (A)      (B)      (C)1  

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

     422,750       $ 17.70         906,735   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     422,750       $ 17.70         906,735   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1 

Consists of shares available for future issuance under the Company’s 2003 and 2011 Stock Incentive Plans.

ITEM 13.—CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

This information is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement under the captions “Corporate Governance, Board Leadership, and Board Diversity” and “Interest of Directors and Officers in Certain Transactions.”

ITEM 14.—PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

This information is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement under the caption “Principal Accounting Fees.”

PART IV

ITEM 15.—EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(a)(1) Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements and reports of independent registered public accountants of the Company are in Part II, Item 8:

 

   

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm;

 

   

Consolidated Balance Sheets—December 31, 2011 and 2010;

 

   

Consolidated Statements of Income—Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009;

 

   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity—Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009;

 

   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009;

 

   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules are omitted since they are not required, are not applicable, or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

111


Table of Contents

(a)(3) Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Form 10-K and this list includes the Exhibit Index.

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

2.01    First Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, entered into on June 19, 2009 and dated and made effective as of March 30, 2009, by and between Union Bankshares Corporation and First Market Bank, FSB (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 22, 2009)
3.01    Articles of Incorporation of Union First Market Bankshares Corporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 2010)
3.02    Bylaws of Union First Market Bankshares Corporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 29, 2011)
4.01    Warrant to Purchase up to 422,636 shares of Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008)
10.01    Amended and Restated Management Continuity Agreement of G. William Beale (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009)
10.02    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of G. William Beale (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009)
10.03    Amended and Restated Management Continuity Agreement of D. Anthony Peay (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.03 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009)
10.04    Amended and Restated Management Continuity of John C. Neal (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.04 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009)
10.05    Amended and Restated Management Continuity Agreement of Rawley H. Watson, III (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.06 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009)
10.06    Amended and Restated Management Continuity Agreement of Janis Orfe (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.07 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009)
10.07    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of John C. Neal (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.08 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009)
10.08    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of D. Anthony Peay (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.09 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009)
10.09    Amended and Restated Management Continuity Agreement of Michael T. Leake (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009)
10.10    Employment Agreement of David J. Fairchild (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 2010)
10.11    Management Continuity Agreement of David J. Fairchild (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 2010)
10.12    Employment Agreement of Elizabeth M. Bentley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 25, 2011)
10.13    Management Continuity Agreement of Elizabeth M. Bentley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 25, 2011)
10.14    Union Bankshares Corporation 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.0 to Form S-8 Registration Statement; SEC file no. 333-113839)

 

112


Table of Contents
10.15    Union First Market Bankshares Corporation 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Form S-8 Registration Statement; SEC file no. 333-175808)
10.16    Union Bankshares Corporation Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.0 to Form S-8 Registration Statement; SEC file no. 333-113842)
10.17    Letter Agreement, dated December 19, 2008, including the Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms incorporated by reference therein, between Union Bankshares Corporation and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008)
10.18    Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 1, 2010, by and among Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and the shareholders of First Market Bank, FSB (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 2010)
10.19    Affiliate Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2009 among Union First Market Bankshares Corporation and certain former stockholders of First Market Bank, FSB, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 9, 2011)
10.20    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2012, by and between Union First Market Bankshares Corporation, and James E. Ukrop and the Third Amended and Restated James Edward Ukrop Revocable Trust Under Trust Agreement Dated as of September 24, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 6, 2012)
11.03    Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings (incorporated by reference to Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report)
21.01    Subsidiaries of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to ITEM 1. — BUSINESS. GENERAL included in this Annual report).
23.01    Consent of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.
31.01    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.02    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.01    Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.00   

The following materials from the Company’s 10-K Report for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2011, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text.*

* Furnished, not filed

 

113


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Union First Market Bankshares Corporation    
By:   /s/ G. William Beale             Date: March 14, 2012
  G. William Beale    
  Chief Executive Officer    

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 14, 2012.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/ L. Bradford Armstrong

   Director

L. Bradford Armstrong

  

/s/ G. William Beale

   Chief Executive Officer and

G. William Beale

   Director (principal executive officer)

/s/ Douglas E. Caton

   Director

Douglas E. Caton

  

/s/ David J. Fairchild

   President and Director

David J. Fairchild

  

/s/ Daniel I. Hansen

   Director

Daniel I. Hansen

  

/s/ Ronald L. Hicks

   Chairman of the Board of Directors

Ronald L. Hicks

  

/s/ Steven A. Markel

   Director

Steven A. Markel

  

/s/ Patrick J. McCann

   Director

Patrick J. McCann

  

/s/ Hullihen W. Moore

   Director

Hullihen W. Moore

  

/s/ R. Hunter Morin

   Director

R. Hunter Morin

  

/s/ W. Tayloe Murphy, Jr.

   Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors

W. Tayloe Murphy, Jr.

  

/s/ D. Anthony Peay

   Executive Vice President and Chief

D. Anthony Peay

   Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)

/s/ Ronald L. Tillett

   Director

Ronald L. Tillett

  

/s/ James E. Ukrop

   Director

James E. Ukrop